1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
59 #include "xml-syscall.h"
60 #include "parser-defs.h"
61 #include "gdb_regex.h"
63 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "continuations.h"
68 #include "dummy-frame.h"
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
76 /* readline defines this. */
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "extension.h"
82 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
83 enum exception_event_kind
90 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
92 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
94 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
98 static void disable_command (char *, int);
100 static void enable_command (char *, int);
102 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
106 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
108 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
110 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
112 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
113 struct linespec_result
*,
117 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
118 struct linespec_result
*,
119 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
120 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
122 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
123 int, int, int, unsigned);
125 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
126 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
128 static void clear_command (char *, int);
130 static void catch_command (char *, int);
132 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
134 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
136 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
138 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
140 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
141 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
142 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
144 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
146 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
147 struct symtab_and_line
,
149 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
151 static struct breakpoint
*
152 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
154 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
157 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
159 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
163 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
164 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
165 struct obj_section
*, int);
167 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
168 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
170 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
171 struct address_space
*aspace
,
174 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
176 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
178 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
179 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
181 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
183 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
185 static void commands_command (char *, int);
187 static void condition_command (char *, int);
196 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
197 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
199 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
201 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
203 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
205 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
207 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
209 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
211 int *other_type_used
);
213 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
215 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
217 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
220 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
222 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
224 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
226 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
228 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
229 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
230 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
232 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
234 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
235 insert locations now. */
236 enum ugll_insert_mode
238 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
239 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
240 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
241 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
242 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
243 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
244 returns true on them.
246 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
247 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
248 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
249 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
250 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
251 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
255 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
256 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
259 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
260 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
261 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
262 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
263 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
264 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
265 as no thread is running yet. */
269 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
271 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
273 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
275 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
277 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
279 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
281 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
283 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
285 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
287 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
289 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
291 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
293 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
295 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
298 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
300 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
302 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
304 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
305 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
306 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
307 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
309 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
310 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
312 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
313 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
315 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
316 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
318 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
320 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
322 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
323 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
325 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
326 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
328 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
329 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
330 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
331 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
332 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
333 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
335 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
336 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
337 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
338 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
344 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
346 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
347 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
348 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
349 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
351 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
353 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
354 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
355 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
356 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
357 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
358 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
359 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
361 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
363 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
365 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
367 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
368 breakpoints share a single command list. */
369 struct counted_command_line
371 /* The reference count. */
374 /* The command list. */
375 struct command_line
*commands
;
378 struct command_line
*
379 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
381 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
384 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
385 current breakpoint. */
387 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
390 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
392 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
393 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
395 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
397 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
400 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
401 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
402 if such is available. */
403 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
406 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
407 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
410 fprintf_filtered (file
,
411 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
412 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
416 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
417 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
418 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
419 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
420 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
422 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
423 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
426 fprintf_filtered (file
,
427 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
428 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
432 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
433 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
434 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
435 use hardware breakpoints. */
436 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
438 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
439 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
442 fprintf_filtered (file
,
443 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
447 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
448 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
449 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
450 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
451 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
452 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
453 processing user input. */
454 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
457 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
458 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
460 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
464 /* See breakpoint.h. */
467 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
469 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
471 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
472 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
473 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
476 else if (target_has_execution
)
478 if (always_inserted_mode
)
480 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
485 if (threads_are_executing ())
491 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
493 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
494 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
495 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
496 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
497 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
498 condition_evaluation_auto
,
499 condition_evaluation_host
,
500 condition_evaluation_target
,
504 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
505 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
507 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
508 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
509 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
511 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
512 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
513 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
517 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
519 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
521 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
522 return condition_evaluation_target
;
524 return condition_evaluation_host
;
530 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
533 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
535 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
538 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
542 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
544 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
546 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
549 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
551 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
552 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
554 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
555 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
557 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
558 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
560 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
561 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
562 current breakpoint. */
564 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
566 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
567 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
568 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
571 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
572 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
573 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
575 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
576 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
577 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
580 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
581 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
582 to where the loop should start from.
583 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
584 appropriate location to start with. */
586 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
587 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
588 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
590 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
591 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
594 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
596 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
597 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
598 if (is_tracepoint (B))
600 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
602 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
604 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
606 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
608 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
610 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
612 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
613 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
614 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
615 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
616 an address you need to read. */
618 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
620 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
621 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
622 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
623 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
624 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
626 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
628 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
629 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
631 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
633 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
635 static int breakpoint_count
;
637 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
638 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
639 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
640 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
641 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
643 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
645 static int tracepoint_count
;
647 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
648 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
649 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
651 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
653 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
655 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
658 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
661 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
663 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
664 breakpoint_count
= num
;
665 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
668 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
669 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
670 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
672 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
676 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
678 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
681 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
685 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
687 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
690 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
693 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
695 struct breakpoint
*b
;
701 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
702 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
704 static struct counted_command_line
*
705 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
707 struct counted_command_line
*result
708 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
711 result
->commands
= commands
;
715 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
718 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
724 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
725 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
726 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
729 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
733 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
735 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
742 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
745 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
747 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
750 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
753 static struct cleanup
*
754 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
756 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
760 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
761 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
764 get_breakpoint (int num
)
766 struct breakpoint
*b
;
769 if (b
->number
== num
)
777 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
778 evaluating conditions on its side. */
781 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
783 struct bp_location
*loc
;
785 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
786 evaluating conditions and if the user has
787 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
789 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
790 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
793 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
796 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
797 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
800 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
801 evaluating conditions on its side. */
804 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
806 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
807 evaluating conditions and if the user has
808 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
810 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
811 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
815 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
818 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
821 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
822 condition_evaluation_mode. */
825 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
826 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
828 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
830 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
831 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
833 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
834 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
835 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
839 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
840 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
842 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
843 settings was "auto". */
844 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
846 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
847 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
849 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
850 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
851 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
853 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
854 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
857 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
859 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
861 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
862 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
866 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
867 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
868 target knows about. */
869 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
870 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
871 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
875 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
881 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
882 what "auto" is translating to. */
885 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
886 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
888 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
889 fprintf_filtered (file
,
890 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
891 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
893 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
895 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
899 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
900 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
901 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
904 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
906 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
907 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
909 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
912 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
915 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
916 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
917 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
920 static struct bp_location
**
921 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
923 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
924 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
925 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
927 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
928 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
929 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
931 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
932 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
933 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
934 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
936 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
937 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
940 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
941 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
942 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
943 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
950 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
953 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
954 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
956 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
958 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
965 struct bp_location
*loc
;
967 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
972 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
973 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
974 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
981 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
985 const char *arg
= exp
;
987 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
988 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
989 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
990 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
992 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
994 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
996 innermost_block
= NULL
;
998 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
1000 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1001 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
1005 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1007 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1011 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1012 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1014 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1018 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1020 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1023 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1025 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
1026 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1027 const char *text
, const char *word
)
1031 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
1032 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1036 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1037 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1041 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1042 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1044 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1047 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1048 len
= strlen (text
);
1054 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1056 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1057 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1063 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1064 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1065 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1068 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1071 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1073 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1078 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1081 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1083 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1086 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1088 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1089 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1090 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1091 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1092 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1094 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1096 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1097 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1098 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1100 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1102 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1103 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1108 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1111 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1112 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1113 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1116 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1118 struct command_line
*c
;
1120 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1124 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1125 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1126 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1128 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1129 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1131 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1132 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1133 command directly. */
1134 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1135 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1137 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1138 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1142 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1145 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1147 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1148 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1149 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1153 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1155 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1158 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1159 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1163 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1164 struct command_line
*commands
)
1166 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1168 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1169 struct command_line
*c
;
1170 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1172 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1173 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1177 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1178 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1179 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1180 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1181 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1182 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1183 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1184 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1185 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1186 tracepoint's context. */
1187 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1189 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1191 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1192 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1193 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1194 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1195 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1196 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1199 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1200 "can be used only once"));
1205 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1209 struct command_line
*c2
;
1211 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1212 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1213 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1215 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1216 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1222 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1226 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1227 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1230 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1232 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1233 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1234 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1237 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1239 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1240 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1241 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1247 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1248 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1251 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1252 struct command_line
*commands
)
1254 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1256 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1257 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1258 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1261 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1262 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1266 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1268 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1271 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1272 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1275 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1276 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1279 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1281 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1284 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1285 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1288 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1289 breakpoint work for any task. */
1292 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1294 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1297 if (old_task
!= task
)
1298 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1302 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1304 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1306 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1309 /* A structure used to pass information through
1310 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1312 struct commands_info
1314 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1317 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1320 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1321 already-parsed command. */
1322 struct command_line
*control
;
1324 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1326 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1329 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1330 commands_command. */
1333 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1335 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1337 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1339 struct command_line
*l
;
1341 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1342 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1345 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1348 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1349 "%s, one per line."),
1352 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1354 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1357 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1360 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1363 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1366 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1368 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1370 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1371 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1372 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1373 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1374 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1379 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1380 struct command_line
*control
)
1382 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1383 struct commands_info info
;
1385 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1386 info
.control
= control
;
1388 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1389 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1390 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1392 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1394 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1395 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1397 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1398 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1401 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1402 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1403 numbers will fail in this case. */
1408 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1410 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1413 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1417 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1419 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1420 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1422 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1426 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1428 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1431 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1432 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1434 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1435 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1436 enum command_control_type
1437 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1439 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1440 return simple_control
;
1443 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1446 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1448 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1452 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1453 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1458 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1459 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1462 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1463 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1464 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1467 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1468 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1469 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1470 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1471 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1473 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1474 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1478 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1479 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1481 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1485 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1487 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1488 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1490 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1492 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1497 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1499 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1504 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1505 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1507 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1508 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1509 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1513 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1515 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1516 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1519 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1521 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1522 shadow_contents buffer. */
1523 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1524 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1525 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1527 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1529 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1530 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1534 const unsigned char *bp
;
1535 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1538 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1539 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1540 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1542 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1544 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1546 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1547 breakpoint's INSN. */
1548 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1552 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1553 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1555 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1556 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1557 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1559 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1560 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1561 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1562 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1563 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1564 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1565 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1566 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1568 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1571 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1572 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1573 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1575 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1577 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1580 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1581 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1582 report higher one. */
1585 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1586 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1588 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1590 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1591 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1593 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1594 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1595 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1596 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1598 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1599 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1600 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1602 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1604 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1611 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1612 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1613 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1614 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1615 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1618 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1620 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1621 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1622 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1625 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1628 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1630 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1632 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1633 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1637 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1638 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1639 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1642 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1645 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1646 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1647 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1650 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1653 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1654 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1660 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1664 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1666 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1667 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1668 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1671 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1674 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1676 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1677 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1678 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1681 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1685 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1687 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1688 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1691 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1692 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1693 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1694 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1695 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1696 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1697 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1698 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1701 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1703 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1704 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1705 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1706 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1709 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1710 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1713 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1715 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1717 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1719 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1720 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1721 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1722 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1723 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1725 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1728 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1731 static struct value
*
1732 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1734 struct value
*bit_val
;
1739 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1741 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1744 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1751 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1752 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1753 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1754 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1756 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1758 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1759 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1762 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1763 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1764 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1765 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1766 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1767 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1768 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1769 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1771 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1772 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1773 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1774 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1775 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1776 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1777 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1778 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1781 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1782 hardware watchpoints:
1784 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1785 called several times when GDB stops.
1788 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1789 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1790 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1791 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1792 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1793 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1794 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1795 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1796 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1797 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1798 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1800 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1801 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1804 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1806 int within_current_scope
;
1807 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1810 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1811 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1812 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1813 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1816 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1821 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1822 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1823 within_current_scope
= 1;
1826 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1827 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1828 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1830 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1831 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1832 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1833 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1836 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1837 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1838 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1839 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1842 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1844 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1845 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1846 if (within_current_scope
)
1850 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1851 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1852 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1855 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1864 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1865 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1866 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1867 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1868 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1869 be completely different objects. */
1870 value_free (b
->val
);
1874 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1875 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1876 locations (re)created below. */
1877 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1879 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1881 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1885 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1886 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1890 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1891 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1892 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1893 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1894 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1895 if (!target_has_execution
)
1897 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1898 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1899 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1900 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1902 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1903 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1905 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1906 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1909 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1912 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1913 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1915 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1917 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1918 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1919 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1920 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1921 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1923 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1925 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1927 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1935 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1937 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1938 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1940 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1941 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1942 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1943 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1944 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1945 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1946 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1948 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1950 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1951 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1952 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1954 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1955 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1959 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1960 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1962 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1964 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1966 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1967 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1969 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1971 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1972 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1973 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1974 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1975 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
1978 addr
= value_address (v
);
1981 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1986 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1988 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1991 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1992 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1995 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1997 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1998 loc
->address
= addr
;
2002 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2003 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2006 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
2008 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2013 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2014 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2015 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2020 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2021 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2023 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2027 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2030 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2031 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2032 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2034 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2035 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2036 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2037 this watchpoint in as well. */
2039 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2040 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2041 hardware watchpoint type. */
2042 type
= b
->base
.type
;
2043 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2044 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2046 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2047 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2048 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2049 through watch_command), so always account for it
2052 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2053 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2055 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2056 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
2059 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2060 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2062 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
2064 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2065 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2066 "hardware watchpoint."));
2067 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2068 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2069 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2071 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2072 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2076 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2077 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2078 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2080 b
->base
.type
= type
;
2083 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
2085 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2086 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2087 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2089 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2090 "read/access watchpoint."));
2093 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2095 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2096 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2097 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2098 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2101 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2103 next
= value_next (v
);
2108 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2109 above left it without any location set up. But,
2110 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2111 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2112 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
2114 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
2115 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
2116 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2117 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
2118 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
2119 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
2122 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2124 printf_filtered (_("\
2125 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2126 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2128 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2131 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2133 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2137 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2138 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2139 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2140 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2141 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2143 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2145 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2148 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2151 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2154 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2157 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2158 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2159 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2160 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2161 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2162 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2163 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2164 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2165 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2168 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2170 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2171 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2172 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2177 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2178 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2179 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2180 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2185 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2186 instruction that triggered one. */
2187 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2188 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2192 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2193 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2194 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2195 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2204 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2205 that the location is not duplicated. */
2208 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2211 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2214 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2215 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2219 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2220 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2221 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2222 any error during parsing. */
2224 static struct agent_expr
*
2225 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2227 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2228 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2233 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2234 that may show up. */
2235 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2237 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2242 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2243 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2244 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2248 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2252 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2253 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2254 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2255 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2256 one of them is true. */
2259 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2261 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2262 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2263 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2264 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2266 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2267 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
);
2269 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2270 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2271 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2273 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2274 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2277 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2278 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2279 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2280 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2281 response back to GDB. */
2282 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2285 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2289 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2291 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2292 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2293 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2294 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2295 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2296 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2298 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2299 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2305 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2306 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2307 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2309 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2315 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2316 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2317 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2319 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2320 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2321 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2323 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2326 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2328 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2330 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2333 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2334 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2339 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2340 for this location's address. */
2341 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2345 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2346 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2347 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2349 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2350 conditions to the target. */
2351 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2352 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2358 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2359 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2360 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2362 static struct agent_expr
*
2363 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2365 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2366 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2367 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2368 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2369 const char *cmdrest
;
2370 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2371 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2373 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2380 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2382 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2384 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2385 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2387 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2389 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2391 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2393 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2395 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2396 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2398 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2400 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2401 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2403 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2405 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2407 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2409 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2410 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2413 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2418 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2419 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2421 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2425 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2426 that may show up. */
2427 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2429 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2430 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2431 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2434 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2438 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2439 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2440 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2444 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2448 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2449 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2450 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2453 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2455 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2456 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2457 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2458 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2460 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2461 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
);
2463 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2466 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2467 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2470 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2471 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2472 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2474 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2477 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2478 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2479 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2483 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2484 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2485 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2486 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2487 response back to GDB. */
2488 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2491 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2495 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2497 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2498 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2499 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2500 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2501 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2502 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2503 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2509 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2510 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2511 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2513 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2519 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2521 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2523 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2526 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2527 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2529 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2531 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2534 free_agent_expr (loc
->cmd_bytecode
);
2535 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= NULL
;
2540 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2541 for this location's address. */
2542 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2545 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2546 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2547 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2548 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2550 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2551 to send the commands to the target. */
2552 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2556 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2557 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2558 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2559 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2562 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2563 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2564 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2565 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2568 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2569 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2571 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2572 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2573 int *disabled_breaks
,
2574 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2575 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2577 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2578 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2579 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
2581 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2584 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2585 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2586 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2587 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2588 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2589 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2590 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2591 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2592 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2593 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2594 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2595 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2597 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2598 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2599 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2600 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2602 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2604 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2605 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2606 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2607 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2610 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2611 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2613 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2615 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2616 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2617 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2619 Two important cases are:
2620 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2621 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2622 hardware breakpoint.
2623 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2624 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2625 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2628 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2629 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2630 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2631 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2633 struct mem_region
*mr
2634 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2638 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2640 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2642 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2643 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2645 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2647 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2649 static int said
= 0;
2651 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2654 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2655 _("Note: automatically using "
2656 "hardware breakpoints for "
2657 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2662 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2663 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2665 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2666 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2667 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2668 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2670 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2676 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2677 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2678 || bl
->section
== NULL
2679 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2681 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2682 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2686 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2688 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2693 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2698 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2699 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2700 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2702 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2703 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2704 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2705 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2706 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2710 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2712 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2713 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2714 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2716 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2717 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2721 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2722 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2724 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2729 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2732 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2733 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2734 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2735 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2739 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2740 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2742 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2743 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2747 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2749 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2754 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2759 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2760 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2765 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2767 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2769 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2770 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2771 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2772 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2773 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2774 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2775 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2776 errors as memory errors. */
2777 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2778 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2779 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2780 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2783 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2784 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2785 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2786 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2788 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2789 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2791 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2792 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2793 "library breakpoints:\n");
2795 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2796 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2797 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2802 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2804 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2805 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2806 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2807 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2808 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2809 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2810 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2814 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2817 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2818 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2819 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2821 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2822 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2824 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2825 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2829 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2830 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2845 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2846 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2847 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2848 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2852 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2853 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2855 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2857 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2858 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2859 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2861 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2863 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2864 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2866 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2868 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2869 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2873 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2874 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2881 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2882 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2885 /* Back to the original value. */
2886 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2890 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2893 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2897 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2898 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2900 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2903 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2907 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2908 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2910 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2913 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2915 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2916 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2917 so just return success. */
2924 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2925 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2929 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2931 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2932 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2934 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2935 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2937 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2938 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2941 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2942 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2943 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2945 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2947 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2949 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2950 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2951 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2953 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2954 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2956 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2962 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2963 removed locations above. */
2964 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2967 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2968 Throws exception on any error.
2969 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2970 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2972 insert_breakpoints (void)
2974 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2976 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2977 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2979 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2981 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2984 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2985 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2986 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2987 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
2990 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2993 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2995 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2997 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2999 callback (loc
, NULL
);
3003 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3004 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3005 always-inserted mode. */
3008 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3010 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3013 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3014 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3015 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3017 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3018 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3020 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3021 there was an error. */
3022 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3024 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3026 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3028 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3030 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3033 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3034 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3035 deletion of breakpoints. */
3036 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3039 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3041 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3042 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3043 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3044 insert breakpoints. */
3045 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3046 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3049 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3050 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3057 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3058 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3061 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3064 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3067 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3069 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3070 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3073 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3074 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3075 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3077 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3078 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3080 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3081 there was an error. */
3082 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3084 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3086 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3088 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3091 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3092 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3093 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3094 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3095 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3098 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3100 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3101 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3102 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3103 insert breakpoints. */
3104 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3105 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3108 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3109 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3114 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3115 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3116 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3118 int some_failed
= 0;
3119 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3121 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3124 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3127 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3130 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3131 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3138 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3140 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
3142 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3143 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3144 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3152 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3153 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3154 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3156 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3157 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3158 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3160 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3161 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3164 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3167 /* Used when the program stops.
3168 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3169 removing a breakpoint location. */
3172 remove_breakpoints (void)
3174 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3177 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3179 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3180 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3185 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3189 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3191 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3193 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3195 if (b
->thread
== tp
->num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3197 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3199 printf_filtered (_("\
3200 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3201 b
->number
, tp
->num
);
3203 /* Hide it from the user. */
3209 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3212 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3214 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3216 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3218 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3220 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3223 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3225 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3234 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3236 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3237 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3239 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
3240 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3241 struct inferior
*inf
;
3242 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3244 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3248 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3249 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3251 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3253 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3254 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3256 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3258 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3264 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3267 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3272 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3276 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3278 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3279 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3280 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3281 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3282 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3283 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3285 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3288 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3291 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3292 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3296 static struct breakpoint
*
3297 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3298 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3299 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3301 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3302 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3304 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3307 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3308 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3310 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3311 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3312 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3317 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3319 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3321 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3323 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3324 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3326 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3327 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3329 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3330 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3332 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3333 int longjmp_searched
;
3335 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3336 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3338 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3339 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3341 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3342 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3344 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3345 int exception_searched
;
3347 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3348 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3351 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3353 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3354 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3356 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3359 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3361 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3364 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3365 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3367 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3368 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3370 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3372 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3373 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3375 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3376 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3378 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3379 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3381 return bp_objfile_data
;
3385 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3387 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3389 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3390 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3394 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3396 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3397 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3399 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3401 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3402 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3405 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3407 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3410 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3412 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3414 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3415 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3417 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3418 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3421 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3424 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3425 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3427 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3428 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3430 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3432 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3433 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3437 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3438 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3441 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3445 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3447 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3448 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3450 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3452 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3454 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3456 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3458 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3461 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3462 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3464 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3466 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3468 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3472 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3475 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3476 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3478 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3480 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3481 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3482 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3486 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3487 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3490 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3493 struct probe
*probe
;
3494 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3497 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3498 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3502 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3504 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3505 get_probe_address (probe
,
3508 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3509 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3510 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3516 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3519 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3521 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3522 const char *func_name
;
3525 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3528 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3529 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3531 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3533 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3534 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3536 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3537 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3540 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3543 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3544 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3545 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3546 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3547 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3551 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3553 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3556 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3558 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3560 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3561 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3562 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3564 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3566 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3568 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3571 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3573 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3575 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3576 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3578 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3580 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3583 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3585 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3587 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3588 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3589 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3591 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3592 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3595 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3598 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3599 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3600 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3601 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3602 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3603 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3607 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3609 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3612 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3615 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3617 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3618 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3620 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3622 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3623 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3624 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3627 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3629 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3630 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3634 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3638 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3639 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3641 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3643 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3644 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3645 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3649 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3650 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3653 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3655 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3657 struct probe
*probe
;
3660 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3661 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3665 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3667 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3668 get_probe_address (probe
,
3670 bp_exception_master
,
3671 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3672 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3673 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3679 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3681 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3684 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3686 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3688 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3690 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3691 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3693 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3697 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3700 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3701 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3703 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3704 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3705 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3706 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3709 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3713 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3715 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3716 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3718 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3719 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3720 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3721 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3722 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3723 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3724 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3725 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3726 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3727 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3728 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3730 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3732 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3735 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3736 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3738 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3742 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3743 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3745 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3749 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3750 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3751 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3752 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3753 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3755 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3759 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3760 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3762 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3766 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3767 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3769 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3773 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3775 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3776 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3777 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3779 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3783 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3785 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3786 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3787 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3788 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3792 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3793 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3794 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3795 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3796 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3797 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3799 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3800 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3801 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3802 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3803 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3804 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3805 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3807 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3808 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3809 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3810 let finish_command delete it.
3812 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3813 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3814 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3815 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3816 solib breakpoints.) */
3818 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3823 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3824 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3826 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3828 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3835 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3837 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3839 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3840 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3842 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3843 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3845 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3846 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3847 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3849 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3852 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3853 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3854 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3855 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3856 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3857 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3858 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3862 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3865 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3869 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3870 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3871 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3872 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3873 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3876 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3880 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3881 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3884 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3887 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3888 This should not ever happen. */
3889 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3891 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3892 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3894 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3895 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3896 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3898 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3899 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3900 || bl
->section
== NULL
3901 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3903 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3905 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3906 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3907 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3908 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3909 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3910 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3911 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3912 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3913 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3914 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3915 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3916 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3917 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3918 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3919 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3920 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3921 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3922 they should always be removed. */
3923 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3924 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3925 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3928 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3932 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3933 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3934 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3936 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3937 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3939 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3940 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3941 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3942 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3943 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3945 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3946 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3948 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3949 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3952 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3953 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3954 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3955 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3957 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3958 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3959 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3960 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3961 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3962 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3968 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3973 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3974 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3975 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3976 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3977 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3978 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3979 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3980 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3981 always-inserted mode. */
3983 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3984 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3985 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3986 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
3992 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3994 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3996 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3997 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3999 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4000 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4002 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4003 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
4004 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4007 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4008 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4011 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4012 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4014 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4018 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4025 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
4028 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4030 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4031 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4034 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
4037 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4038 This should not ever happen. */
4039 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4041 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
4043 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4045 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
4047 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4051 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4054 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4056 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4058 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4059 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
4064 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4065 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4067 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4070 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4071 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4072 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4077 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4079 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
4080 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4082 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4084 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4086 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4089 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4091 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
4093 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4099 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4101 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4102 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4105 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4107 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4109 case bp_shlib_event
:
4111 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4112 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4113 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4114 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4115 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4117 (gdb) file prog-linux
4118 (gdb) run # native linux target
4121 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4122 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4125 case bp_step_resume
:
4127 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4129 case bp_single_step
:
4131 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4133 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4137 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4138 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4139 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4141 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4143 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4144 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4145 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4146 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
4148 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4149 insert_breakpoints. */
4151 value_free (w
->val
);
4162 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4163 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4164 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4165 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4168 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4169 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4170 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4171 match, not program space. */
4173 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4174 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4175 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4176 permanent breakpoint.
4177 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4178 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4179 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4180 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4181 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4183 enum breakpoint_here
4184 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4186 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4187 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4189 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4191 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4192 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4195 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4196 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4198 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4200 if (overlay_debugging
4201 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4202 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4203 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4204 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4205 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4207 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4211 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
4214 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4217 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4219 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4222 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4223 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4229 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4233 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4234 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4237 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4240 if (overlay_debugging
4241 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4242 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4243 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4250 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4253 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4255 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4256 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4258 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4260 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4262 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4263 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4266 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4272 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4276 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4279 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4280 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4282 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4284 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4286 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4289 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4296 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4299 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4302 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4303 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4305 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4307 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4309 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4312 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4320 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4321 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4323 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4325 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4327 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4329 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4330 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4333 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4336 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4337 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4341 /* Check for intersection. */
4342 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
4343 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4352 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4356 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4358 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4361 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4365 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4367 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4368 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4369 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4370 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4374 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4375 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4378 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4395 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4396 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4399 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4403 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4408 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4410 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4411 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4412 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4413 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4414 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4416 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4417 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4421 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4431 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4434 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4439 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4441 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4447 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4450 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4452 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4454 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4456 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4458 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4463 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4472 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4473 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4474 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4475 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4477 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4478 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4480 Return 1 otherwise. */
4483 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4485 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4488 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4490 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4491 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4492 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4493 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4494 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4496 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4498 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4502 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4505 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4507 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4510 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4513 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4517 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4519 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4521 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4523 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4529 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4532 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4534 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4536 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4538 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4539 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4540 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4541 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4542 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4546 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4549 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4552 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4554 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4557 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4558 or its equivalent. */
4561 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4563 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4564 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4567 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4568 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4569 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4570 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4572 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4573 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4574 bpstat of the current thread. */
4577 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4580 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4583 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4585 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4588 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4589 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4591 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4593 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4596 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4597 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4599 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4600 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4601 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4603 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4605 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4606 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4607 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4608 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4609 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4610 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4611 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4612 the tree when we're done. */
4613 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4614 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4615 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4616 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4617 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4619 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4625 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4627 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4633 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4634 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4636 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4638 if (target_can_async_p ())
4639 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4640 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4641 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4644 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4645 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4646 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4647 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4648 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4649 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4650 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4651 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4652 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4653 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4654 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4655 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4656 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4661 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4666 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4668 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4670 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4671 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4672 && target_has_execution
4673 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4674 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4675 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4676 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4677 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4678 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4679 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4682 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4685 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4688 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4691 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4694 struct value_print_options opts
;
4695 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4696 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4700 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4701 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4702 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4703 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4706 static enum print_stop_action
4707 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4709 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4712 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4713 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4717 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4718 relevant messages. */
4719 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4722 case print_it_normal
:
4724 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4726 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4727 which has since been deleted. */
4729 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4731 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4732 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4737 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4738 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4743 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4746 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4749 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4751 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4755 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4756 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4757 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4759 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4760 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4761 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4764 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4765 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4766 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4770 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4774 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4775 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4778 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4783 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4784 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4785 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4788 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4793 struct so_list
*iter
;
4795 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4797 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4798 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4801 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4806 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4807 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4808 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4811 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4815 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4816 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4817 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4818 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4819 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4820 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4821 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4824 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4825 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4826 code to print the location. An example is
4827 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4829 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4830 to also print the location part of the message.
4831 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4832 don't require a location appended to the end.
4833 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4834 further info to be printed. */
4836 enum print_stop_action
4837 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4841 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4842 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4843 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4844 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4845 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4847 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4848 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4849 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4850 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4854 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4855 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4856 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4857 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4859 print_solib_event (0);
4860 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4863 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4864 with and nothing was printed. */
4865 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4868 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4869 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4870 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4871 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4872 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4873 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4876 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4878 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4879 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4881 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4885 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4888 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4892 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4894 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4895 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4896 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4897 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4898 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4899 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4900 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4902 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4906 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4907 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4910 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4912 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4914 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4916 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4918 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4919 as not triggered. */
4921 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4923 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4925 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4931 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4933 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4934 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4936 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4938 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4940 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4946 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4947 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4951 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4953 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4954 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4956 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4957 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4959 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4961 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4962 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4964 if (newaddr
== start
)
4966 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4970 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4971 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4975 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4984 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4985 because of check_errors). */
4986 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4987 #define WP_DELETED 1
4988 /* The value has changed. */
4989 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4990 /* The value has not changed. */
4991 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4992 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4995 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4996 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4998 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5001 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5002 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5005 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
5007 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
5008 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5009 struct frame_info
*fr
;
5010 int within_current_scope
;
5012 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5013 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
5014 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5016 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5017 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5018 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5019 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
5022 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5023 within_current_scope
= 1;
5026 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
5027 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5028 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5030 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5031 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5032 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5033 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5034 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5035 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5036 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5037 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5038 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5039 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5042 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5043 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5045 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5046 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5047 if (within_current_scope
)
5049 struct symbol
*function
;
5051 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5052 if (function
== NULL
5053 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
5054 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
5055 within_current_scope
= 0;
5058 if (within_current_scope
)
5059 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5060 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5065 if (within_current_scope
)
5067 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5068 time before we return to the command level and call
5069 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5070 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5074 struct value
*new_val
;
5076 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
5077 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5078 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5079 a mask watchpoint. */
5080 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5082 mark
= value_mark ();
5083 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5085 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5086 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5088 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5089 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5090 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5091 not what we want. */
5092 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5093 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5095 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5097 release_value (new_val
);
5098 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5100 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5103 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5107 /* Nothing changed. */
5108 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5109 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5114 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5116 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5117 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5118 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5119 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5120 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5121 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5122 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5123 the first value assigned). */
5124 /* We print all the stop information in
5125 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5126 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5127 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5129 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5131 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5132 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
5133 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
5135 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5136 which its expression is valid.\n");
5138 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5139 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
5140 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5146 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5147 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5148 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5151 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5152 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5153 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5155 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5157 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5158 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5160 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5163 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5164 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5167 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5169 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5170 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5172 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5173 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5174 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5175 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5176 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5179 int must_check_value
= 0;
5181 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5182 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5184 must_check_value
= 1;
5185 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5186 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5187 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5189 must_check_value
= 1;
5190 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5191 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5192 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5193 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5194 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5195 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5196 must_check_value
= 1;
5198 if (must_check_value
)
5201 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5203 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5204 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5206 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5210 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5211 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5215 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5218 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5219 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5221 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5223 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5224 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5225 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5226 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5227 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5228 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5229 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5232 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5233 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5236 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5237 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5238 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5239 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5241 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5242 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5243 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5246 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5247 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5248 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5249 changes. This still gives false positives when
5250 the program writes the same value to memory as
5251 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5252 it for a read), but it's much better than
5255 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5257 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5259 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5261 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5262 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5263 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5265 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5266 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5268 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5269 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5271 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5277 if (other_write_watchpoint
5278 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5280 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5281 and the value changed since the last time we
5282 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5284 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5289 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5290 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5291 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5293 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5294 the value hasn't changed. */
5295 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5303 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5304 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5305 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5306 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5307 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5311 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5313 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5314 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5315 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5316 anything for this watchpoint. */
5317 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5323 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5324 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5325 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5326 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5329 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5331 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5332 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5333 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5334 struct expression
*cond
;
5336 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5338 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5339 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5340 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5341 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5342 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5344 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5345 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5346 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5348 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5349 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5355 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5356 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5358 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
))
5359 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5366 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5368 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5370 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5372 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5379 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5381 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5382 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5384 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5385 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5386 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5387 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5389 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5391 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5392 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5396 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5397 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5398 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5399 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5400 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5402 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5403 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5406 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5408 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5409 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5410 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5411 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5412 really matter which instantiation of the function
5413 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5414 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5415 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5416 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5417 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5418 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5419 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5420 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5422 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5424 select_frame (frame
);
5426 within_current_scope
= 0;
5428 if (within_current_scope
)
5430 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5431 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5435 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5436 "in the current scope"));
5437 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5438 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5441 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5442 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5445 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5449 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5453 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5455 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5460 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5461 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5463 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5464 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5467 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5469 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5471 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5472 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5473 several reasons concurrently.)
5475 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5476 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5479 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5480 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5481 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5483 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5484 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5485 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5486 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5487 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5488 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5491 int need_remove_insert
;
5494 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5495 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5496 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5497 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5498 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5499 inferior function calls. */
5503 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5506 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5508 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5509 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5510 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5511 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5512 checked all locations already. */
5513 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5516 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5519 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5522 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5525 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5528 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5529 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5530 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5534 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5535 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5536 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5538 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5540 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5542 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5547 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5548 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5550 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5552 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5553 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5556 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5560 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5561 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5562 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5564 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5566 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5568 handle_solib_event ();
5573 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5574 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5575 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5579 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5584 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5585 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5588 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5593 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5595 /* We will stop here. */
5596 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5598 --(b
->enable_count
);
5599 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5600 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5605 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5606 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5607 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5608 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5611 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5616 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5618 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5619 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5622 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5623 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5624 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5626 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5627 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5628 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5630 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5631 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5633 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5635 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5636 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5639 if (need_remove_insert
)
5640 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5641 else if (removed_any
)
5642 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5648 handle_jit_event (void)
5650 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5651 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5653 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5654 breakpoint_re_set. */
5655 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5657 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5658 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5660 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5662 target_terminal_inferior ();
5665 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5667 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5670 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5672 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5676 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5677 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5678 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5680 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5682 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5683 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5684 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5687 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5689 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5690 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5694 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5701 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5702 case bp_single_step
:
5705 case bp_shlib_event
:
5709 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5711 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5714 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5717 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5718 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5719 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5723 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5725 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5729 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5730 This requires no further action. */
5734 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5736 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5737 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5739 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5740 case bp_exception_resume
:
5741 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5742 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5744 case bp_step_resume
:
5746 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5749 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5750 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5753 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5755 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5758 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5759 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5762 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5763 case bp_thread_event
:
5764 case bp_overlay_event
:
5765 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5766 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5767 case bp_exception_master
:
5768 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5774 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5776 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5780 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5781 This requires no further action. */
5786 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5789 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5790 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5791 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5792 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5794 case bp_std_terminate
:
5795 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5796 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5797 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5798 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5801 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5802 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5803 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5804 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5806 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5807 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5809 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5810 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5811 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5813 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5814 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5815 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5816 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5821 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5823 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5827 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5828 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5831 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5834 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5835 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5840 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5842 handle_jit_event ();
5845 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5847 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5853 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5854 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5856 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5857 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5865 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5866 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5867 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5870 bpstat_should_step (void)
5872 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5875 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5881 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5883 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5892 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5893 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5894 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5897 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5899 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5900 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5904 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5906 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5908 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5909 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5910 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5915 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5921 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5922 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5924 "host": Host evals condition.
5925 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5926 "target": Target evals condition.
5930 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5932 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5933 char host_evals
= 0;
5934 char target_evals
= 0;
5939 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5942 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5943 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5944 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5946 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5948 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5954 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5955 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5956 else if (target_evals
)
5957 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5959 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5962 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5963 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5966 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5968 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5971 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5972 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5973 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5975 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5976 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5978 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5981 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5984 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5985 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5987 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5988 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
5990 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5994 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5996 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5997 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
5998 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
6001 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
6004 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
6005 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
6006 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
6007 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
6008 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
6009 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
6011 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
6012 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
6013 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
6015 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6016 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
6017 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6019 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
6023 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
6024 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
6026 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
6028 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
6030 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
6033 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
6035 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6036 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6037 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6039 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6040 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6041 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6042 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
6045 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6049 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6051 struct ep_type_description
6056 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6058 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6059 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6060 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6061 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6062 {bp_until
, "until"},
6063 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6064 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6065 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6066 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6067 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6068 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6069 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6070 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6071 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6072 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6073 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6074 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6075 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6076 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6077 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6078 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6079 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6080 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6081 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6082 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6083 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6084 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6085 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6086 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6087 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6088 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6089 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6090 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6091 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6094 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6095 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6096 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6097 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6100 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6103 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6104 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6107 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6108 const char *field_name
,
6112 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
6113 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
6117 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6118 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6119 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6122 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
6124 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6130 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6131 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
6136 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
6138 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
6140 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
6144 do_cleanups (back_to
);
6147 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6150 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6151 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6153 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6156 struct command_line
*l
;
6157 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6159 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6160 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6161 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6162 struct value_print_options opts
;
6164 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6166 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6167 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6168 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6171 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6172 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6180 if (part_of_multiple
)
6183 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6184 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
6189 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6194 if (part_of_multiple
)
6195 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
6197 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6201 if (part_of_multiple
)
6202 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
6204 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6209 if (part_of_multiple
)
6210 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6212 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
6213 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6214 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
6218 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6220 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6221 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6222 make sure there's just one location. */
6223 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6224 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6230 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6231 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6235 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6236 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6237 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6239 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6241 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6242 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6243 is relatively readable). */
6244 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6245 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6247 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
6252 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6253 case bp_single_step
:
6257 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6258 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6260 case bp_exception_resume
:
6261 case bp_step_resume
:
6262 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6263 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6265 case bp_std_terminate
:
6266 case bp_shlib_event
:
6267 case bp_thread_event
:
6268 case bp_overlay_event
:
6269 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6270 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6271 case bp_exception_master
:
6273 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6274 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6277 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6278 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6279 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6282 if (header_of_multiple
)
6283 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6284 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6285 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6287 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
6288 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6291 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6292 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6299 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6301 struct inferior
*inf
;
6302 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6307 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6308 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6311 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6312 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6314 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6315 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6316 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6317 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6318 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6319 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6321 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6322 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6325 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6327 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6329 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6330 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6331 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6332 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6334 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6336 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6337 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6341 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6343 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6344 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6346 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6349 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6350 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6352 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6353 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6354 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6357 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6360 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6361 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6363 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6364 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6366 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6367 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6368 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6369 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6370 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6372 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6373 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6374 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6375 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6377 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6380 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6382 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6383 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6384 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6385 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6388 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6392 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6393 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6394 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6395 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6396 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6398 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6399 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6400 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6401 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6402 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6404 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6408 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6409 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6410 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6414 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6417 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6418 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6419 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6422 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6423 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6424 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6425 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6428 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6429 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6430 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6431 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6432 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6434 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6435 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6436 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6439 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6441 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6443 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6445 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6446 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6447 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6451 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6452 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6454 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6457 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6458 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6459 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6462 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6464 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6466 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6468 annotate_field (10);
6469 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6470 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6471 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6474 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6476 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6478 annotate_field (11);
6480 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6481 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6482 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6486 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6488 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6489 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6494 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6496 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6498 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6500 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6502 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6503 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6508 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6509 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6512 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6513 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6515 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6517 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6518 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6520 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6521 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6522 locations, if any. */
6523 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6525 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6526 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6527 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6530 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6531 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6533 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6534 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6536 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6539 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6541 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6542 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6543 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6544 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6551 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6553 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6554 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6556 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6560 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6561 an address to print. */
6562 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6565 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6566 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6567 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6570 return print_address_bits
;
6573 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6579 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6581 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6582 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6583 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6587 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6589 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6597 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6598 char **error_message
)
6600 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6603 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6605 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6606 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6612 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6613 internal or momentary. */
6616 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6618 return b
->number
> 0;
6621 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6622 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6623 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6624 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6625 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6626 breakpoints listed. */
6629 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6630 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6632 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6633 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6634 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6635 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6636 struct value_print_options opts
;
6637 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6638 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6639 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6641 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6643 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6644 required for address fields. */
6645 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6648 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6649 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6652 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6653 accept. Skip the others. */
6654 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6656 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6658 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6662 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6664 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6666 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6667 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6668 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6670 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6671 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6672 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6674 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6678 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6680 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6681 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6685 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6686 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6689 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6690 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6691 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6693 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6694 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6696 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6697 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6698 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6700 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6701 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6703 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6704 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6706 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6708 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6709 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6710 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6712 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6713 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6715 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6717 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6718 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6719 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6720 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6725 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6726 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6729 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6730 accept. Skip the others. */
6732 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6734 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6736 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6739 else /* all others */
6741 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6745 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6747 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6748 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6751 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6753 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6755 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6759 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6760 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6762 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6763 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6769 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6770 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6773 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6774 there have been breakpoints? */
6775 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6777 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6780 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6781 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6784 default_collect_info (void)
6786 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6788 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6789 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6791 if (!*default_collect
)
6794 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6796 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6797 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6798 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6802 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6804 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6806 default_collect_info ();
6810 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6812 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6813 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6815 if (num_printed
== 0)
6817 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6818 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6820 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6825 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6827 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6829 default_collect_info ();
6833 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6834 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6835 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6837 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6839 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6841 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6842 && bl
->address
== pc
6843 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6849 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6850 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6854 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6855 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6856 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6859 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6862 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6863 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6867 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6868 else /* if (others == ???) */
6869 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6871 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6874 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6875 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6876 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6877 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6878 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6879 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6880 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6881 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6885 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6887 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6888 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6889 printf_filtered (".\n");
6894 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6895 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6896 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6897 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6899 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6900 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6901 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6902 breakpoint at address zero:
6910 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6912 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6914 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6917 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6918 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6921 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6922 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6924 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6925 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6927 /* Both of them must exist. */
6928 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6929 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6931 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6932 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6933 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6934 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6935 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6936 other watchpoint. */
6938 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6940 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6943 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6945 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6949 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6950 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6951 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6952 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6953 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6954 become hw_access locations later. */
6955 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6956 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6957 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6958 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6961 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6964 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6965 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6967 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6968 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6972 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6973 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6974 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6975 space doesn't really matter. */
6978 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6979 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
6982 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6983 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6984 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6987 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6988 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6989 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6990 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6993 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6994 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6997 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
7000 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
7001 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
7005 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7006 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7007 true, otherwise returns false. */
7010 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7011 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7013 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7014 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7015 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7016 different locations. */
7017 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7022 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7023 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7024 represent the same location. */
7027 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7028 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7030 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7032 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7033 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7034 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7036 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7037 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7039 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7042 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7043 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7044 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7046 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7047 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7048 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7049 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7053 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7054 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7056 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7057 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7061 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7062 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7064 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7065 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7067 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7070 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7071 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7072 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7073 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7076 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7077 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7079 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7081 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7084 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7085 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7086 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7087 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7088 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7090 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7091 have their addresses modified. */
7094 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7096 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7097 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7098 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7099 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7100 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7101 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7106 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7108 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7109 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7110 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7112 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7113 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7115 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7116 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7118 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7123 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
7124 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
7126 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
7128 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7133 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7134 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7137 switch (owner
->type
)
7140 case bp_single_step
:
7144 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7145 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7147 case bp_exception_resume
:
7148 case bp_step_resume
:
7149 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7150 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7152 case bp_std_terminate
:
7153 case bp_shlib_event
:
7154 case bp_thread_event
:
7155 case bp_overlay_event
:
7157 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7158 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7159 case bp_exception_master
:
7160 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7161 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7163 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7164 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7166 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7167 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7168 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7170 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7171 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7172 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7173 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7178 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7179 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7180 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7183 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7189 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7191 static struct bp_location
*
7192 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7194 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7198 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7200 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7204 /* Increment reference count. */
7207 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7212 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7213 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7216 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7218 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7220 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7221 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7225 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7228 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7230 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7232 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7233 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7235 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7237 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7246 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7249 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7250 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7252 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7254 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
7256 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7260 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7261 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7262 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7264 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7267 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7269 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
7270 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
7271 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7272 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7275 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7276 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7278 static struct breakpoint
*
7279 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7281 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7283 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7285 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7286 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7290 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7291 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7295 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7297 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7299 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7300 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7301 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7304 const char *function_name
;
7305 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7307 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7308 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7310 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7312 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7314 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7315 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7316 &loc
->requested_address
))
7318 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7319 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7320 loc
->requested_address
,
7323 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7324 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7326 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7327 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7328 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7329 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7331 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7336 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7340 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7342 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7345 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7347 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7352 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7353 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7354 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7356 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7357 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7358 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7361 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7362 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7363 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7365 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7367 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7369 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7370 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7372 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7373 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7375 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7376 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7379 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7380 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7381 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7382 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7383 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7384 is also returned as the value of this function.
7386 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7387 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7388 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7389 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7390 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7391 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7392 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7395 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7396 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7397 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7399 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7401 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7402 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7407 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7408 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7410 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7412 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7414 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7415 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7416 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7417 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7418 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7419 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7426 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7427 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7428 initiated the operation. */
7431 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7433 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7434 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7436 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7437 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7438 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7439 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7440 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7441 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7442 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7443 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7445 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7446 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7448 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7449 after their removal. */
7450 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7451 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7452 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7455 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7458 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7460 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7462 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7464 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7465 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7467 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7468 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7473 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7475 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7477 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7478 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7480 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7481 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7485 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7486 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7487 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7491 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7493 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7496 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7498 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7500 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7501 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7503 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7505 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7507 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7510 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7511 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7512 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7513 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7519 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7520 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7523 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7524 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7528 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7530 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7532 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7533 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->num
)
7535 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7537 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7538 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7539 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7540 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7543 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7545 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7547 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7548 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7549 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7551 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7556 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7558 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7561 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7563 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7564 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7565 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7570 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7572 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7575 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7577 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7578 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7579 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7583 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7584 master breakpoint. */
7586 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7588 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7590 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7591 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7592 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7594 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7595 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7599 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7601 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7603 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7605 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7606 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7607 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7611 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7613 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7615 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7616 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7618 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7619 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7621 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7623 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7629 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7631 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7633 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7634 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7635 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7636 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7639 struct lang_and_radix
7645 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7648 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7650 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7652 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7653 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7654 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7658 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7661 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7663 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7665 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7666 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7667 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7668 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7672 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7674 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7676 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7677 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7678 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7679 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7682 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7685 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7687 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7689 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7690 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7691 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7692 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7695 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7696 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7697 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7699 static struct breakpoint
*
7700 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7701 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7703 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7705 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7706 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7707 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7712 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7714 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7717 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7720 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7722 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7724 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7726 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7727 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7729 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7735 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7736 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7739 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7741 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7743 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7745 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7746 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7748 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7749 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7750 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7751 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7752 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7753 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7754 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7755 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7756 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7757 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7758 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7759 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7762 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7767 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7768 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7769 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7772 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7774 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7775 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7777 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7778 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7779 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7780 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7781 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7782 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7785 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7787 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7788 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7790 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7791 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7792 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7793 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7794 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7795 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7796 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7797 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7798 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7800 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7801 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7802 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7803 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7806 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7807 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7809 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7811 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7812 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7813 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7816 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7821 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7822 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7823 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7826 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7828 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7830 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7833 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7834 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7835 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7836 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7837 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7838 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7839 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7840 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7841 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7842 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7844 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7845 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7850 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7851 int bp_modified
= 0;
7853 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7856 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7858 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7860 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7861 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7864 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7867 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7870 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7871 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7874 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7876 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7877 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7878 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7879 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7880 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7883 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7890 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7894 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7896 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7897 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7898 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7899 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7900 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7902 struct fork_catchpoint
7904 /* The base class. */
7905 struct breakpoint base
;
7907 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7908 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7909 catchpoint has triggered. */
7910 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7913 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7917 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7919 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7922 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7926 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7928 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7931 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7935 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7936 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7937 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7939 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7941 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7944 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7948 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7951 static enum print_stop_action
7952 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7954 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7955 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7956 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7958 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7959 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7960 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7962 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7963 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7965 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7966 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7967 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7969 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7970 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7971 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7972 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7973 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7976 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7980 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7982 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7983 struct value_print_options opts
;
7984 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7986 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7988 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7989 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7991 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7992 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7994 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
7995 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7997 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7998 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7999 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8000 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8003 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8004 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
8007 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8011 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8013 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
8016 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8020 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8022 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
8023 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8026 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8028 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
8030 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8034 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8036 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8039 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8043 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8045 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8048 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8052 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8053 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8054 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8056 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8058 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
8061 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8065 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8068 static enum print_stop_action
8069 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
8071 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8072 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8073 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8075 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8076 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8077 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8079 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8080 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8082 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8083 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8084 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8086 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8087 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
8088 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8089 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8090 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8093 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8097 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8099 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8100 struct value_print_options opts
;
8101 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8103 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8104 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8105 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8107 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8108 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8110 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
8111 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8113 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8114 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8115 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8116 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8119 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8120 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
8123 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8127 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8129 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8132 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8136 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8138 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8139 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8142 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8144 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8146 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8147 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8148 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8149 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8150 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8152 struct solib_catchpoint
8154 /* The base class. */
8155 struct breakpoint base
;
8157 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8158 unsigned char is_load
;
8160 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8161 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8167 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8169 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8172 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
8173 xfree (self
->regex
);
8175 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8179 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8185 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8191 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8192 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8194 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8196 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8197 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8199 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8202 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8204 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8206 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8209 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8212 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
8215 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8217 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8226 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8228 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8229 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8234 struct so_list
*iter
;
8237 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8242 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8251 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8256 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8262 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8265 static enum print_stop_action
8266 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8268 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8269 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8271 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8272 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8273 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8275 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8276 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8277 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8278 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8279 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8280 print_solib_event (1);
8281 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8285 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8287 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8288 struct value_print_options opts
;
8289 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8292 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8293 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8294 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8296 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8299 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8306 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8308 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8313 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8315 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8317 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
8320 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8321 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
8322 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8326 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8328 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8330 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8331 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8335 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8337 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8339 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8340 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8341 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8343 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8344 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8347 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8349 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8350 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8351 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8352 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8353 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8354 created in an enabled state. */
8357 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8359 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8360 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8361 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8365 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8367 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
8368 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8374 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8377 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8379 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8380 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8382 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8385 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8386 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8387 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8389 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8391 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8392 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8395 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8399 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8400 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8403 const int enabled
= 1;
8405 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8407 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8411 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8412 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8414 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8418 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8419 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8421 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8424 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8425 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8426 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8427 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8428 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8430 struct syscall_catchpoint
8432 /* The base class. */
8433 struct breakpoint base
;
8435 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8436 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8437 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8438 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8439 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
8442 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8446 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8448 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8450 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8452 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8455 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
8457 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8459 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8460 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8461 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8463 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8464 int any_syscall_count
;
8466 /* Count of each system call. */
8467 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
8469 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8470 if any catching is necessary. */
8471 int total_syscalls_count
;
8474 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
8475 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
8477 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
8479 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8480 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
8482 inf_data
= XCNEW (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8483 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
8490 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
8496 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8500 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8502 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8503 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8504 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8505 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8507 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8508 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8509 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8515 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8520 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8522 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
8523 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8524 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8526 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
8527 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8528 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
8530 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
8531 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
8533 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8534 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8538 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
),
8539 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8540 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8542 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8544 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8547 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8551 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8553 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8554 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8555 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8556 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8558 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8559 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8560 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8566 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8570 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8571 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8573 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8574 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8578 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
),
8579 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8580 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8582 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8584 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8587 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8591 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8592 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8593 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8595 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8596 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8597 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8598 int syscall_number
= 0;
8599 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8600 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8602 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8603 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8606 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8608 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8609 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8614 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8616 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8625 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8628 static enum print_stop_action
8629 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8631 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8632 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8633 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8634 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8635 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8636 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8638 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8640 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= bs
->bp_location_at
->gdbarch
;
8642 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8644 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch
, last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8646 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8648 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8649 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8651 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8652 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8654 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8655 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8656 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8657 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8658 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8660 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8662 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8663 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8665 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8667 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8668 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8670 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8672 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8674 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8677 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8681 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8682 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8684 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8685 struct value_print_options opts
;
8686 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8687 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= b
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8689 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8690 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8691 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8693 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8694 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8697 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8698 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8699 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8701 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8703 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8706 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8709 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8714 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch
, iter
, &s
);
8717 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8719 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8721 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8722 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8726 /* Remove the last comma. */
8727 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8728 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8731 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8732 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8734 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8735 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "syscall");
8738 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8742 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8744 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8745 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= b
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8747 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8751 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8752 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8754 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8757 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8761 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch
, iter
, &s
);
8764 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8766 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8768 printf_filtered (")");
8771 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8775 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8779 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8781 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8782 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= b
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8784 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8786 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8791 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8796 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch
, iter
, &s
);
8798 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8800 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8803 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8806 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8808 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8810 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8813 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8815 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8818 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8819 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8820 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8821 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8824 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8825 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8827 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8829 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8832 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8834 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8836 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8837 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8841 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8843 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8844 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8845 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8846 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8849 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8852 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8856 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8857 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8858 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8860 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8862 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8864 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8866 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8869 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8871 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8872 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8873 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8874 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8875 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8877 struct exec_catchpoint
8879 /* The base class. */
8880 struct breakpoint base
;
8882 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8883 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8885 char *exec_pathname
;
8888 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8892 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8894 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8896 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8898 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8902 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8904 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8908 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8910 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8914 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8915 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8916 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8918 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8920 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8923 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8927 static enum print_stop_action
8928 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8930 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8931 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8932 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8934 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8935 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8936 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8938 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8939 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8941 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8942 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8943 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8945 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8946 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8947 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8948 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8950 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8954 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8956 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8957 struct value_print_options opts
;
8958 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8960 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8962 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8963 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8964 is relatively readable). */
8965 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8966 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8968 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8969 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8971 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8972 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8973 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8976 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8977 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8981 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8983 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8986 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8990 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8992 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8993 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8996 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8999 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
9000 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
9002 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
9003 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9005 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
9006 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
9007 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
9009 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
9013 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
9016 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9017 struct bp_location
*bl
;
9021 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
9022 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
9024 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
9026 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
9033 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
9037 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9040 struct bp_location
*bl
;
9042 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
9045 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
9047 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
9049 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
9055 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
9056 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
9057 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
9058 types _not_ TYPE. */
9061 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
9062 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
9065 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9067 *other_type_used
= 0;
9072 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
9075 if (b
->type
== type
)
9076 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
9077 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
9078 *other_type_used
= 1;
9085 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
9087 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9091 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
9093 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
9094 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
9100 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
9102 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9106 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
9108 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9109 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9115 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
9117 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
9118 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
9122 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
9124 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
9125 breakpoint_re_set ();
9128 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
9131 static struct breakpoint
*
9132 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
9134 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9136 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
9137 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
9139 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9140 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
9143 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
9145 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
9150 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
9151 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
9155 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
9156 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
9158 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9160 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
9162 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
9164 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
9165 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9166 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9167 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
9169 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
9170 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
9172 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
9173 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
9175 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9180 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
9181 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
9182 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
9184 static struct breakpoint
*
9185 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
9187 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9190 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
9192 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
9193 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
9194 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
9196 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
9197 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
9198 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
9199 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
9200 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
9201 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
9202 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
9203 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
9204 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
9205 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
9206 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
9207 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
9209 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9210 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9211 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
9213 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
9217 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
9221 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
9223 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
9227 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
9231 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9234 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9236 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9238 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
9239 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9241 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
9245 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
9248 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9250 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
9251 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
9253 printf_filtered ("\n");
9257 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
9259 static struct bp_location
*
9260 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9261 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9263 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
9264 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
9265 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9267 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
9268 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
9270 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9271 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9272 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9273 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9274 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9275 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9276 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
9279 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9280 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
9281 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
9282 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
9287 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
9288 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
9289 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
9290 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
9291 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
9292 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
9293 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
9294 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
9295 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
9296 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
9298 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
9299 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
9301 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9311 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9312 return 0 otherwise. */
9315 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9319 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
9320 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
9321 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9324 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9326 /* bp_call_dummy breakpoint locations are usually memory locations
9327 where GDB just wrote a breakpoint instruction, making it look
9328 as if there is a permanent breakpoint at that location. Considering
9329 it permanent makes GDB rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop
9330 the program, thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint
9331 there. This is normally expected to work, except that some versions
9332 of QEMU (Eg: QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC) just report a fatal problem (Trap
9333 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state) instead of reporting
9334 a SIGTRAP. QEMU should probably be fixed, but in the interest of
9335 compatibility with versions that behave this way, we always consider
9336 bp_call_dummy breakpoint locations as non-permanent. */
9337 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_call_dummy
)
9340 addr
= loc
->address
;
9341 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9343 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9347 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
9349 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9350 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9351 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9352 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9354 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9355 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9357 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9358 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9361 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9366 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9367 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9370 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9372 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9373 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9378 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9380 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9382 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9384 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9386 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9387 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9389 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9390 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9391 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9393 if (!dprintf_function
)
9394 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9396 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9397 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9402 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9406 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9408 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9409 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9412 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9413 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9417 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9418 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9420 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9421 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9423 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
9424 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9426 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9427 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9428 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9429 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9430 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9431 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9433 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
9437 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9438 current style settings. */
9441 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9442 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9444 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9448 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9449 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9453 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9454 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9455 as condition expression. */
9458 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9459 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9460 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9462 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9463 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9464 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9465 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9466 int display_canonical
)
9470 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9472 int target_resources_ok
;
9474 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9475 target_resources_ok
=
9476 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9478 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9479 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9480 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9481 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9484 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9486 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9488 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9489 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9493 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9495 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9497 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9498 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9503 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9507 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9508 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9509 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9510 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9511 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9513 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9514 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9516 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9518 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9519 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9521 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9523 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9524 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9525 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9529 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9531 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9533 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9534 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9536 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9538 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9540 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9542 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9543 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9545 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9547 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9550 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9551 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9558 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9559 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9565 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9567 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9568 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9570 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9573 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9574 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9575 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9577 if (b
->extra_string
)
9578 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9580 error (_("Format string required"));
9582 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9583 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9586 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9588 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9590 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9593 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9598 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9599 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9600 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9602 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9603 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9604 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9605 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9606 int display_canonical
)
9608 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9609 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9611 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9613 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9615 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9619 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9621 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9623 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9625 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9627 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9629 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9631 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9633 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9636 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9637 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9638 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9639 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9640 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9641 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9642 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9643 we take just a single condition string.
9645 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9646 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9647 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9648 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9649 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9652 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9653 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9654 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9655 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9656 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9657 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9658 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9661 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9663 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9664 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9666 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9668 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9669 'break', without arguments. */
9670 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9671 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9673 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9674 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9676 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9677 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9680 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9682 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9683 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9684 canonical
->special_display
);
9685 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9689 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9690 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9691 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9692 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9694 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9695 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9698 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9699 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9701 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9703 if ((*address
) == NULL
9704 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9706 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9708 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9710 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9711 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9714 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9715 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9716 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9718 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9719 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9720 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9721 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9722 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9723 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9725 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9727 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9728 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9729 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9730 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9731 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9733 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9735 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9736 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9737 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9739 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9742 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9746 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9748 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9749 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9750 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9751 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9753 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9754 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9755 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9757 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9758 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9759 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9760 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9761 get_last_displayed_line (),
9762 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9764 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9765 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9770 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9771 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9774 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9778 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9779 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9782 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9783 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9784 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9785 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9786 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9790 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9791 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9794 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9796 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9798 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9800 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9802 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9804 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9805 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9806 associated with SAL. */
9809 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9811 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9814 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9815 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9817 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9821 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9823 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9824 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9826 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9829 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9830 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9831 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9832 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9833 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9834 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9837 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9838 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9841 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9848 const char *end_tok
;
9850 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9851 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9853 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9855 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9857 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9861 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9863 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9865 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9867 struct expression
*expr
;
9869 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9870 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9873 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9875 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9880 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9882 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9883 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9884 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9887 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9892 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9894 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9895 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9896 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9901 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9905 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9909 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9911 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9912 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9914 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9915 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9916 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9917 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9922 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9924 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9926 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9927 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9929 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9930 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9931 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9933 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9934 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9936 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9938 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9940 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9942 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9944 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9945 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9947 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9950 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9956 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9957 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9958 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9959 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9960 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9961 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9962 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9963 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9964 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9965 was created; false otherwise. */
9968 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9969 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9970 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9972 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9974 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9975 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9976 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9979 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9980 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9981 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9982 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9983 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9984 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9987 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9989 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9991 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9993 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9995 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9996 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9999 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
10003 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
10009 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
10011 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
10014 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
10015 throw_exception (e
);
10017 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
10019 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
10020 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
10021 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
10022 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
10023 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
10026 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
10027 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
10028 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
10029 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
10031 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
10033 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
10034 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
10035 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
10036 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
10037 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
10039 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
10043 throw_exception (e
);
10047 throw_exception (e
);
10050 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
10051 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
10053 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
10054 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
10055 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
10056 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
10057 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
10059 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
10060 are ok for the target. */
10064 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
10066 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
10067 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
10070 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
10071 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
10074 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
10076 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
10077 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
10080 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
10081 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
10088 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
10090 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
10092 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
10093 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
10094 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
10095 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
10097 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
10098 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
10100 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
10102 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
10104 extra_string
= rest
;
10109 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg
);
10111 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10114 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
10115 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
10117 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
10120 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
10121 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
10125 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
10126 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
10127 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
10128 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
10129 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
10133 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10135 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
10137 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
10139 struct tracepoint
*t
;
10141 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
10145 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
10147 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
10149 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
10151 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
10154 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10157 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
10158 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
10160 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
10162 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
10163 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
10164 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
10165 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
10166 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
10167 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
10168 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
10169 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10171 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
10174 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
10176 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
10177 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
10178 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
10181 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
10183 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
10184 /* But cleanup everything else. */
10185 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10187 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
10188 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10193 /* Set a breakpoint.
10194 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
10195 condition, and thread.
10196 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
10197 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
10198 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
10201 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
10203 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
10204 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
10205 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
10207 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
10208 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
10210 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
10211 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
10212 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
10214 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
10216 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10218 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10219 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
10220 0 /* Ignore count */,
10221 pending_break_support
,
10229 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
10232 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
10236 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
10238 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
10239 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10240 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
10243 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10244 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10245 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
10246 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
10249 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
10251 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
10252 const struct block
*b
;
10253 struct symbol
*sym
;
10255 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
10256 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
10259 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
10262 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
10263 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
10268 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10269 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10270 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10271 happen in assembly source). */
10273 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
10274 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
10276 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
10278 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
10280 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
10282 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10289 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10291 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10295 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10297 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
10301 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10303 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
10307 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10309 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
10313 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10315 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10316 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10317 stop at <line>\n"));
10321 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10325 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
10327 else if (*arg
!= '*')
10329 char *argptr
= arg
;
10332 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10333 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10334 function/method name. */
10335 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10337 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10342 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10344 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
10348 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10350 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10354 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10358 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
10362 char *argptr
= arg
;
10365 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10366 it is probably a line number. */
10367 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10369 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10374 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10376 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10380 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10382 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10385 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10386 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10387 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10391 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10393 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10395 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10397 0 /* Ignore count */,
10398 pending_break_support
,
10399 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10407 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10409 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10412 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10413 ranged breakpoints. */
10416 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10417 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10419 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10421 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10422 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10425 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10426 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10429 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10430 ranged breakpoints. */
10433 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10435 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10438 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10439 ranged breakpoints. */
10441 static enum print_stop_action
10442 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10444 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10445 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10446 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10448 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10450 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10451 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10453 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10454 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10455 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10457 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10458 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10460 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10461 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10462 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10464 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10465 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10467 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10470 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10471 ranged breakpoints. */
10474 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10475 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10477 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10478 struct value_print_options opts
;
10479 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10481 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10482 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10484 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10486 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10487 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10488 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10489 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10490 annotate_field (5);
10491 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10495 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10496 ranged breakpoints. */
10499 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10500 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10502 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10503 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10504 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10505 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10509 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10510 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10512 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10513 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10514 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10515 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10516 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10517 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10519 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10522 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10523 ranged breakpoints. */
10526 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10528 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10529 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10532 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10534 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10537 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10538 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10539 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10542 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10543 ranged breakpoints. */
10546 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10548 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10549 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10550 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10553 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10555 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10557 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10558 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10559 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10560 last instruction of the given line. */
10563 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10567 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10568 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10569 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10576 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10578 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10580 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10587 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10590 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10592 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10593 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10594 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10596 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10597 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10598 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10599 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10601 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10602 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10603 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10605 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10606 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10607 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10609 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10610 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10612 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10613 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10614 error(_("No address range specified."));
10616 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10619 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10621 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10624 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10625 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10626 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10628 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10630 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10631 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10632 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10634 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10635 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10636 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10638 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10639 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10641 /* Parse the end location. */
10643 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10646 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10647 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10648 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10649 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10650 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10651 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10652 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10653 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10655 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10657 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10658 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10660 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10661 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10662 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10663 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10665 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10666 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10667 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10669 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10670 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10671 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10673 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10675 /* Length overflowed. */
10676 error (_("Address range too large."));
10677 else if (length
== 1)
10679 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10680 the `hbreak' command. */
10681 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10683 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10688 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10689 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10690 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10691 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10692 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10693 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10694 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10695 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10696 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10698 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10701 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10702 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10705 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10706 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10707 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10711 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10713 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10719 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10720 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10723 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10733 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10734 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10735 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10736 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10737 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10739 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10766 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10769 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10770 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10775 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10776 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10777 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10778 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10779 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10780 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10781 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10783 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10784 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10789 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10791 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10792 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10793 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10794 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10796 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10797 are always constant. */
10799 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10801 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10802 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10803 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10808 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10809 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10810 then it is not a constant. */
10819 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10822 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10824 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10826 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10828 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10829 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10830 value_free (w
->val
);
10832 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10835 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10838 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10840 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10842 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10843 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10845 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10846 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10847 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10848 are loaded and unloaded.
10850 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10851 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10852 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10853 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10854 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10855 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10857 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10858 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10859 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10860 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10862 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10863 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10865 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10866 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10867 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10870 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10873 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10875 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10876 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10878 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10882 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10885 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10887 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10888 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10890 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10895 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10896 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10897 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10899 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10900 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10902 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10903 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10904 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10905 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10906 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10907 (did not match the data address). */
10908 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10909 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10916 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10918 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10920 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10923 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10924 hardware watchpoints. */
10927 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10929 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10930 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10932 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10935 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10936 hardware watchpoints. */
10939 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10941 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10942 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10945 static enum print_stop_action
10946 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10948 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10949 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10950 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10951 enum print_stop_action result
;
10952 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10953 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10955 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10957 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10958 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10960 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10961 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10965 case bp_watchpoint
:
10966 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10967 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10968 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10969 ui_out_field_string
10971 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10973 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10974 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10975 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10976 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10977 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10978 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10979 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10980 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10981 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10982 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10985 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10986 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10987 ui_out_field_string
10989 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10991 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10992 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10993 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10994 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10995 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10996 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10999 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11000 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
11002 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
11003 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11004 ui_out_field_string
11006 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11008 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
11009 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
11010 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
11011 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
11012 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
11017 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11018 ui_out_field_string
11020 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11021 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
11022 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
11024 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
11025 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
11026 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11027 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11030 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11033 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11037 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
11041 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11043 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
11044 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11045 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11049 case bp_watchpoint
:
11050 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
11051 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11053 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11054 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
11055 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11057 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11058 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
11059 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
11061 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11062 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11063 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
11066 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11067 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11070 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
11071 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
11072 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
11073 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
11076 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11080 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11082 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11086 case bp_watchpoint
:
11087 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11088 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
11090 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11091 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
11093 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11094 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
11097 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11098 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
11101 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
11102 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11105 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
11109 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
11111 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
11112 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
11113 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
11119 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
11121 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11123 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
11124 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11127 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11129 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
11131 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
11132 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
11135 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
11136 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11139 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11141 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
11143 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
11144 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
11147 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
11148 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11151 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
11153 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
11155 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11158 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
11159 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11162 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11167 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
11168 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11170 static enum print_stop_action
11171 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
11173 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
11174 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11176 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11177 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
11181 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11182 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
11183 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11184 ui_out_field_string
11186 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11189 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11190 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11191 ui_out_field_string
11193 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11196 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11197 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11198 ui_out_field_string
11200 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11203 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11204 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11208 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
11209 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
11210 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
11211 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11213 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11214 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11217 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
11218 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11221 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
11222 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
11224 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11226 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11227 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
11229 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
11230 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11231 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11234 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11235 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11238 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11240 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11241 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11242 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
11246 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11247 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11248 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11250 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11251 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11252 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
11254 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11255 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11256 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
11259 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11260 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11263 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
11264 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
11265 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
11266 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
11269 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11270 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11273 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11275 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11280 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11281 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
11283 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11284 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
11286 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11287 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
11290 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11291 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11294 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11295 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
11296 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11299 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11301 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11303 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11306 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11308 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11311 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11312 hw_read: watch read,
11313 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11315 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
11316 int just_location
, int internal
)
11318 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
11319 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11320 struct expression
*exp
;
11321 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11322 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
11323 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
11324 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11325 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
11326 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
11327 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
11329 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
11330 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
11331 enum bptype bp_type
;
11334 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11335 the hardware watchpoint. */
11337 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
11338 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11340 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
11342 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11343 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
11345 const char *value_start
;
11347 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
11349 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11350 of the arguments string. */
11351 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
11353 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11354 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11357 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11358 This is the value of the parameter. */
11359 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11361 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
11363 /* Skip whitespace. */
11364 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11369 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11370 This is the parameter itself. */
11371 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11374 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11376 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
11378 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11379 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11380 only in a specific thread. */
11384 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11386 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11387 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
11389 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11391 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11392 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
11394 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11395 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
11396 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
11398 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
11400 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11401 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11403 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11406 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11408 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11410 mark
= value_mark ();
11411 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11412 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11413 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11416 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11419 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11420 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11427 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11428 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11430 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11431 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11432 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11433 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11434 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11436 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11437 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11439 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11442 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11443 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
11447 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11448 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11450 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11453 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11454 mark
= value_mark ();
11455 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11457 if (val
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
11459 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val
);
11460 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val
);
11467 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11468 val
= value_addr (result
);
11469 release_value (val
);
11470 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11474 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11477 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11478 else if (ret
== -2)
11479 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11482 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11483 release_value (val
);
11485 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11486 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11488 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11489 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11491 struct expression
*cond
;
11493 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11494 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11495 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11497 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11498 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11499 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11505 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11507 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11509 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11510 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11511 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11512 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11513 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11515 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11518 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11519 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11520 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11521 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11523 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11525 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11526 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11528 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11529 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11531 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11532 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11533 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11534 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11535 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11536 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11537 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11538 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11539 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11543 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11544 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11545 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11546 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11548 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11549 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11550 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11551 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11553 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11555 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11558 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11559 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11561 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11562 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11563 b
->thread
= thread
;
11564 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11565 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11567 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11568 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11571 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11572 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11575 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11576 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11578 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11579 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11582 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11583 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11585 /* The above expression is in C. */
11586 b
->language
= language_c
;
11589 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11593 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11598 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
11599 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
11604 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11606 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11610 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11611 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11615 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11616 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11619 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11621 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11622 need to act on them together. */
11623 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11624 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11627 if (!just_location
)
11628 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11630 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11632 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11633 that should be inserted. */
11634 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11638 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11639 throw_exception (e
);
11642 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11643 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11646 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11647 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11650 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11652 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11653 struct value
*head
= v
;
11655 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11656 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11659 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11660 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11661 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11662 hardware watchpoint.
11664 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11665 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11666 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11667 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11668 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11669 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11670 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11671 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11672 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11674 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11675 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11676 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11677 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11678 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11680 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11682 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11683 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11684 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11685 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11686 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11687 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11691 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11692 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11693 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11695 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11696 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11697 middle of some value chain. */
11699 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11700 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11702 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11706 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11707 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11708 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11710 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11714 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11718 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11719 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11720 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11721 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11722 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11725 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11726 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11727 return found_memory_cnt
;
11731 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11733 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11736 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11737 calls watch_command_1. */
11740 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11742 int just_location
= 0;
11745 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11746 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11748 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11752 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11756 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11758 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11762 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11764 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11768 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11770 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11774 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11776 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11780 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11782 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11786 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11787 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11789 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11791 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11792 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11796 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11797 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11798 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11801 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11803 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11805 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11806 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11807 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11808 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11812 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11814 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11815 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11816 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11817 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11818 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11819 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11820 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11821 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11822 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11824 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11826 clear_proceed_status (0);
11828 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11831 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11832 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11833 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11834 get_last_displayed_line ());
11836 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11837 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11839 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11840 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11842 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11843 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11846 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11848 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11850 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11853 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11855 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11856 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11857 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11860 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11861 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11862 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11863 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11865 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11868 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11870 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11872 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11873 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11874 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11878 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11880 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11881 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11884 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11888 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11889 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11890 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11891 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11893 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11894 only at the very same frame. */
11895 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11896 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11897 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11899 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11901 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11902 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11903 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11904 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11906 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11908 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11909 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11911 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11912 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11913 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11915 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11916 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11917 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11921 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11924 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11925 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11927 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11928 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11929 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11930 if clause in the arg string. */
11933 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11937 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11940 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11943 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11944 condition string. */
11945 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11946 cond_string
= *arg
;
11948 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11950 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11952 return cond_string
;
11955 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11956 process start/exit, etc. */
11960 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11961 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11966 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11967 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11969 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11970 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11971 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11974 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11975 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11976 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11980 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11982 /* The allowed syntax is:
11984 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11986 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11987 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11989 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11990 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11992 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11993 and enable reporting of such events. */
11996 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11997 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11998 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11999 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
12001 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
12002 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
12003 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
12004 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
12007 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
12013 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
12014 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
12016 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
12017 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
12019 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
12021 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
12025 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
12027 /* The allowed syntax is:
12029 catch exec if <cond>
12031 First, check if there's an if clause. */
12032 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
12034 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
12035 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12037 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
12038 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
12039 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
12040 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
12042 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
12046 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12047 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12048 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
12050 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12057 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
12059 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
12061 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
12062 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
12063 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
12064 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
12065 used for different exception names will use the same address.
12066 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
12067 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
12068 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
12069 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
12070 enough for now, though. */
12073 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
12075 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
12076 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
12077 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
12078 b
->language
= language_ada
;
12081 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
12082 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
12084 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
12086 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
12087 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
12088 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= target_gdbarch ();
12090 while (*arg
!= '\0')
12092 int i
, syscall_number
;
12094 char cur_name
[128];
12097 /* Skip whitespace. */
12098 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
12100 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
12101 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
12102 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
12105 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
12106 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
12107 if (*endptr
== '\0')
12108 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch
, syscall_number
, &s
);
12111 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
12113 get_syscall_by_name (gdbarch
, cur_name
, &s
);
12115 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
12116 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
12117 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
12118 syscall number to be caught. */
12119 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
12122 /* Ok, it's valid. */
12123 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
12126 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
12130 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
12133 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
12134 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
12139 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
12141 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
12142 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
12143 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
12144 this architecture yet."));
12146 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
12148 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
12150 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
12151 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
12152 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
12153 for his/her architecture. */
12154 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch
, 0, &s
);
12156 /* The allowed syntax is:
12158 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
12160 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
12163 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
12167 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
12168 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
12172 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12174 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12179 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12181 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12184 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
12187 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
12189 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
12190 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
12191 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
12192 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
12194 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
12196 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
12199 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
12203 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
12206 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
12209 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12211 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
12212 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
12215 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
12216 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
12218 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
12222 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
12223 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
12224 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
12225 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
12230 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
12231 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
12232 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
12233 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12235 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12236 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12237 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12238 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
12239 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
12240 error (_("No source file specified."));
12242 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
12248 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12249 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12250 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12251 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12253 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12254 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12255 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12256 due to optimization, all in one block.
12258 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12259 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12260 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12261 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12262 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12263 to support that. */
12265 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12266 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12267 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12271 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
12272 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
12274 const char *sal_fullname
;
12276 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12277 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12278 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12281 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12286 1 0 <can't happen> */
12288 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
12289 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
12290 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
12292 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12293 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12296 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12297 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
12299 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12300 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12302 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12303 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12304 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
12306 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
12307 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
12308 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
12309 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
12310 int line_match
= 0;
12312 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
12313 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
12314 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
12315 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
12316 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
12317 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
12318 sal_fullname
) == 0)
12321 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
12330 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
12334 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12335 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
12338 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
12340 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12343 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12344 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12345 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12346 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
12347 compare_breakpoints
);
12348 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12349 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12353 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12358 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12359 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12362 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12363 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12365 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12368 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12371 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12372 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12375 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12377 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12380 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12381 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12382 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12385 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12387 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12389 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12390 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12391 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12393 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12395 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12397 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12398 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12402 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12403 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12404 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12405 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
12406 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12407 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12410 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12412 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
12413 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
12415 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12416 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12418 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12419 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12422 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12423 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12424 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12426 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12427 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
12428 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
12430 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12431 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12432 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12434 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12435 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12436 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12438 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12441 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12442 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12443 content of the bp_location array. */
12446 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12448 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12450 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12451 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12453 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12455 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12457 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12460 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12461 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12463 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12464 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12465 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12466 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12468 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12470 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12471 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12472 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12473 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12477 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12480 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12482 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12483 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12485 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12488 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12490 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12492 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12493 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12494 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12496 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12497 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12498 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12501 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12503 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12504 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12505 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12506 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12509 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12511 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12514 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12516 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12517 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12518 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12519 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12522 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12525 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12528 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12530 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12531 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12532 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12533 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12535 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12536 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12537 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12538 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12539 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12541 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12542 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12543 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12544 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12545 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12546 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12547 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12548 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12551 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12552 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12553 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12557 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12559 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12560 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12561 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12564 address
= bl
->address
;
12565 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12567 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12568 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12569 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12571 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12572 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12575 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12576 the same program space as the location
12577 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12578 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12579 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12583 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12584 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12587 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12588 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12589 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12590 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12591 that have already been marked. */
12592 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12594 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12596 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12598 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12599 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12603 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12604 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12605 locations are duplicate of which.
12607 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12608 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12612 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12614 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12615 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12616 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12617 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12618 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12619 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12620 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12622 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12623 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12624 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12625 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12626 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12628 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12629 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12630 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12631 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12633 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12634 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12635 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12636 unsigned old_location_count
;
12638 old_location
= bp_location
;
12639 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12640 bp_location
= NULL
;
12641 bp_location_count
= 0;
12642 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12644 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12645 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12646 bp_location_count
++;
12648 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12649 locp
= bp_location
;
12650 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12651 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12653 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12654 bp_location_compare
);
12656 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12658 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12659 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12660 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12661 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12662 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12665 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12666 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12668 locp
= bp_location
;
12669 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12672 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12673 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12675 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12676 not, we have to free it. */
12677 int found_object
= 0;
12678 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12679 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12682 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12683 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12684 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12685 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12689 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12690 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12693 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12694 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12695 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12697 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12698 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12699 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12701 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12702 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12705 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12709 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12710 have to go through updates again. */
12711 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12713 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12715 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12717 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12718 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12719 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12720 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12721 at certain location is not inserted. */
12723 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12725 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12728 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12730 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12731 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12732 keep_in_target
= 1;
12736 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12737 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12738 remove its target-side condition. */
12740 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12741 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12742 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12743 this one from the target. */
12745 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12746 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12749 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12750 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12753 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12755 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12757 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12758 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12759 supported, but the latter are. */
12760 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12762 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12763 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12766 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12767 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12769 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12770 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12772 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12773 keep_in_target
= 1;
12781 if (!keep_in_target
)
12783 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12785 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12786 this location on the global list, and try to
12787 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12788 reason why we will succeed next time.
12790 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12791 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12792 only after calling us. */
12793 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12794 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12795 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12803 if (removed
&& non_stop
12804 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12805 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12807 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12808 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12809 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12810 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12811 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12812 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12813 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12814 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12815 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12816 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12817 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12818 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12819 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12820 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12823 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12824 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12826 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12827 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12828 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12829 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12830 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12831 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12832 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12833 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12834 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12835 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12836 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12837 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12838 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12841 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12842 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12843 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12844 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12846 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12847 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12848 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12849 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12850 traps we can no longer explain. */
12852 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12853 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12855 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12859 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12860 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12865 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12866 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12867 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12868 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12869 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12870 are sorted first for the same address.
12872 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12873 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12875 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12876 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12877 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12878 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12879 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12881 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12883 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12886 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12887 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12888 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12889 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12890 `struct bp_location'. */
12891 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12893 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12894 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12898 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12899 if (loc
->permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12900 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12901 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12902 "actually inserted"));
12904 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12905 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12906 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12907 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12908 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12909 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12911 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12913 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12914 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12915 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12917 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12918 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12920 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12922 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12923 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12924 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12930 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12931 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12932 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12934 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12935 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12937 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12938 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12940 if (loc
->inserted
&& !loc
->permanent
12941 && (*loc_first_p
)->permanent
)
12942 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12943 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12944 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12947 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12949 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12950 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12953 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12954 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12955 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12956 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12957 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12959 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12963 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12964 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12966 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12970 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12972 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12975 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12976 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12978 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12979 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12985 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12987 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12989 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12990 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12993 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12996 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13000 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
13001 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
13003 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
13004 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
13005 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
13009 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
13011 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
13013 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
13015 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
13019 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
13023 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13025 struct value_print_options opts
;
13027 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
13029 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
13031 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
13033 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
13037 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
13039 printf_filtered (" at ");
13040 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
13043 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
13045 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
13047 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
13048 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
13049 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
13050 b
->loc
->line_number
);
13052 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
13053 different file name, and this at least reflects the
13054 real situation somewhat. */
13055 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
13060 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
13062 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13064 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
13069 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
13072 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
13074 xfree (self
->cond
);
13075 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
13076 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
13077 xfree (self
->function_name
);
13079 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.conditions
);
13080 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.tcommands
);
13083 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
13088 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
13092 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13094 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
13095 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
13096 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
13097 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
13098 xfree (self
->filter
);
13099 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
13102 static struct bp_location
*
13103 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13105 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13107 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
13108 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
13113 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13115 /* Nothing to re-set. */
13118 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
13119 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
13122 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13124 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13128 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13130 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13134 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13135 struct address_space
*aspace
,
13137 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13139 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13143 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13148 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13152 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
13154 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13157 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13161 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13163 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13166 static enum print_stop_action
13167 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13169 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13173 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13174 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13180 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13182 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13186 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13188 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13192 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13193 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13194 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13198 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13202 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13203 struct linespec_result
*c
,
13205 char *extra_string
,
13206 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13207 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13209 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13210 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
13211 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13212 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13214 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13218 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13219 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13221 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13224 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13227 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
13232 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13235 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13237 /* Nothing to do. */
13240 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
13242 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
13243 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
13244 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
13245 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
13246 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
13247 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
13248 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
13249 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
13250 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
13251 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
13253 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
13254 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
13255 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
13256 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
13257 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
13258 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
13259 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
13260 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
13263 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13266 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13268 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13269 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
13271 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
13272 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13276 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13280 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13282 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13283 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13285 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13289 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13291 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13292 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13294 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13298 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13299 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13300 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13302 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13303 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
13306 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
13310 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
13311 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
13312 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
13319 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13320 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13321 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13323 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
13324 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13326 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13327 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13328 be set at the same address. */
13332 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
13336 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13338 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
13343 static enum print_stop_action
13344 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13346 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13347 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
13349 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13351 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13353 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13354 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13356 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13357 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13358 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13361 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13363 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13365 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
13366 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13368 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
13369 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13370 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13372 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
13373 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
13375 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13379 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13381 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13386 case bp_breakpoint
:
13387 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13388 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13389 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13391 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13392 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13393 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13394 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13396 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13397 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13400 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13408 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13410 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13411 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13412 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13413 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13414 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13415 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13416 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13417 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13418 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13420 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13421 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13423 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
13424 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13428 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13429 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13430 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13431 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13433 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13434 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13438 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13439 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13441 char *extra_string
,
13442 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13443 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13445 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13446 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13447 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13448 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13450 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13451 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13453 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13454 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13455 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13459 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13460 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13462 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13465 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13468 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13472 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13473 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13474 case bp_overlay_event
:
13475 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13476 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13477 case bp_exception_master
:
13478 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13481 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13482 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13483 case bp_shlib_event
:
13485 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13486 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13487 case bp_thread_event
:
13493 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13495 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13497 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13498 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13499 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13500 objects (among other things). */
13501 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13502 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13508 static enum print_stop_action
13509 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13511 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13513 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13517 case bp_shlib_event
:
13518 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13519 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13520 to shlib event" message.) */
13521 print_solib_event (0);
13524 case bp_thread_event
:
13525 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13526 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13527 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13530 case bp_overlay_event
:
13531 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13532 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13535 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13536 /* These should never be enabled. */
13537 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13540 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13541 /* These should never be enabled. */
13542 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13543 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13546 case bp_exception_master
:
13547 /* These should never be enabled. */
13548 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13549 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13553 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13557 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13559 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13562 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13565 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13567 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13568 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13569 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13570 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13574 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13576 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13579 static enum print_stop_action
13580 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13582 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13584 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13586 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13591 ui_out_field_string
13593 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13597 ui_out_field_string
13599 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13604 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13608 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13610 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13613 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13615 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13616 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13619 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13621 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13624 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13626 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13629 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13632 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13634 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13638 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13640 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13641 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13650 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13652 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13653 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13654 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13658 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13662 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13663 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13664 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13665 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13667 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13669 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13671 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13672 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13674 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13678 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13679 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13681 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13683 error (_("probe not found"));
13686 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13689 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13691 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13695 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13696 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13697 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13699 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13705 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13706 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13708 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13709 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13711 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13713 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13714 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13715 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13716 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13721 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13723 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13728 case bp_tracepoint
:
13729 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13730 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13732 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13733 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13734 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13736 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13737 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13738 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13741 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13742 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13749 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13751 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13753 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13754 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13755 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13756 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13757 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13758 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13760 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13761 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13763 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13764 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13766 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13767 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13771 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13772 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13773 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13774 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13776 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13777 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13781 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13782 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13784 char *extra_string
,
13785 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13786 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13788 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13789 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13790 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13791 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13793 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13794 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13796 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13797 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13798 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13802 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13803 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13805 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13808 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13810 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13814 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13815 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13816 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13817 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13819 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13820 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13821 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13825 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13826 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13828 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13829 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13832 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13834 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13837 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13839 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13841 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13842 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13843 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13844 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13846 if (b
->loc
!= NULL
&& b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
13847 error (_("Format string required"));
13849 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13850 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13851 3 - disconnect from target 1
13852 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13854 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13855 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13856 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13857 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13858 it all the time. */
13859 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13860 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13863 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13866 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13868 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s%s", tp
->addr_string
,
13870 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13873 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13876 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13877 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13878 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13879 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13880 address are all handled. */
13883 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13885 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13886 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13887 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13889 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13890 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13891 condition not be evaluated. */
13894 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13895 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13896 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13897 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13898 commands here throws. */
13899 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13900 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13901 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13903 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13905 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13906 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13908 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13911 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13915 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13916 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13917 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13918 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13920 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13922 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13924 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13926 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13927 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13928 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13932 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13933 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13935 char *extra_string
,
13936 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13937 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13939 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13940 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13941 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13942 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13945 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
13946 canonical
->sals
, 0);
13948 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13949 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13950 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13951 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13952 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13953 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13955 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13957 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13958 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13959 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13962 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13963 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13965 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13966 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13968 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13969 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13971 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13972 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13973 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13974 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13975 canonical
->special_display
);
13976 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13977 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13978 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13979 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13980 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13981 corresponds to this one */
13982 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13984 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13986 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13991 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13992 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13994 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13996 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13997 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13999 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
14003 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14006 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14009 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14011 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14014 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
14018 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14020 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14022 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
14024 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
14025 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
14028 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
14029 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
14030 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
14031 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
14032 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
14035 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
14036 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
14037 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
14038 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
14040 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
14043 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
14044 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
14045 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
14047 struct breakpoint
*related
;
14048 struct watchpoint
*w
;
14050 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14051 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
14052 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14053 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14057 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
14059 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
14060 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
14061 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
14062 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
14063 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
14066 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
14067 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
14068 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
14069 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
14071 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
14073 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
14074 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
14076 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14077 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
14079 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
14083 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
14085 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
14086 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
14087 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
14088 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
14089 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
14090 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
14091 commands won't work. */
14093 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
14095 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
14096 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
14097 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
14098 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
14099 might be better design to have location completely
14100 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
14101 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14103 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
14104 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
14105 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
14106 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
14111 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
14113 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14117 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14119 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
14122 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
14123 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
14126 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14127 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14131 struct breakpoint
*related
;
14136 struct breakpoint
*next
;
14138 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
14139 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
14141 if (next
== related
)
14143 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
14144 function (related
, data
);
14146 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
14147 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
14152 function (related
, data
);
14156 while (related
!= b
);
14160 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14162 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14165 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14166 delete_breakpoint. */
14169 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14171 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14175 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14177 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14183 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14185 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
14186 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
14187 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
14188 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14189 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14191 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14195 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14197 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
14199 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14200 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14201 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14205 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14209 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
14211 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14212 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
14213 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14218 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
14219 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
14220 Null names are ignored. */
14223 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
14225 struct bp_location
*l
;
14226 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
14227 (int (*) (const void *,
14228 const void *)) streq
,
14229 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
14231 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14234 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
14236 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14240 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
14242 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14246 htab_delete (htab
);
14252 htab_delete (htab
);
14256 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14257 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14258 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14259 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14260 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14261 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14262 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14263 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14266 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14267 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14268 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14269 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14270 in the sources, and output a warning.
14272 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14273 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14274 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14275 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14276 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14279 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14280 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14281 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14282 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14283 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14284 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14285 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14286 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14287 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14289 static struct symtab_and_line
14290 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
14292 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14293 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
14298 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
14300 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
14302 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
14303 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14305 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
14307 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14308 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
14309 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
14314 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14316 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
14318 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
14319 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
14321 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
14324 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14326 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
14328 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
14329 struct symbol
*sym
;
14330 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
14331 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14333 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
14335 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14336 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
14338 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14339 "found at previous line number"),
14340 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14344 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
14346 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
14347 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
14348 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
14351 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
14352 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
14353 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
14355 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
14356 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14357 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
14359 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
14361 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
14363 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
14366 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
14367 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
14369 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
14370 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
14372 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
14373 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14374 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
14375 b
->loc
->line_number
);
14377 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14380 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
14386 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14387 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14390 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
14394 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
14397 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
14400 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14407 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14413 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14414 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14415 a ranged breakpoint. */
14418 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14419 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14420 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14423 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
14425 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14427 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14429 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14430 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14431 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14432 "multiple locations found\n"),
14437 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14438 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14439 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14440 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14441 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14442 individual locations. */
14443 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14448 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14450 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14452 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14454 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14456 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14458 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14461 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14463 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14464 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14466 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14467 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14472 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14473 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14474 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14475 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14479 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14481 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14483 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14487 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14490 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14491 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14492 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14493 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14494 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14495 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14496 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14498 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14500 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14502 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14503 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14505 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14506 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14514 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14515 if (l
->function_name
14516 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14526 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14527 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14529 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14532 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14533 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14535 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14536 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14539 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14540 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14542 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14545 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14547 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14551 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14552 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14553 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14554 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14555 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14556 state, then user already saw the message about that
14557 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14559 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14560 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14561 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14562 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14563 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14564 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14566 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14568 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14569 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14570 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14571 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14572 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14573 which approach is better. */
14574 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14575 throw_exception (e
);
14579 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14583 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14584 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14585 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14587 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14590 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14591 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14594 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14595 b
->thread
= thread
;
14598 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14599 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14602 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14603 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14613 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14614 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14618 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14621 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14622 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14623 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14625 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14628 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14632 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14634 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14637 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14638 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14642 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14645 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14646 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14649 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14650 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14651 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14652 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14654 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14657 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14658 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14662 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14663 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14665 char *extra_string
,
14666 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14667 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14669 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14670 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14671 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14672 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14674 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14676 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14677 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14678 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14681 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14682 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14685 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14686 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14688 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14690 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14691 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14692 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14693 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14696 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14697 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14699 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14701 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14703 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14704 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14705 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14707 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14710 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14713 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14715 static struct cleanup
*
14716 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14718 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14720 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14721 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14722 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14723 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14724 set_language (b
->language
);
14729 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14730 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14731 Unused in this case. */
14734 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14736 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14737 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14738 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14740 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14741 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14742 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14746 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14748 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14750 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14751 enum language save_language
;
14752 int save_input_radix
;
14753 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14755 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14756 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14757 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14759 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14761 /* Format possible error msg. */
14762 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14764 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14765 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14766 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14768 set_language (save_language
);
14769 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14771 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14773 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14775 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14776 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14777 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14778 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14781 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14783 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14784 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14786 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14788 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14790 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14791 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14793 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14794 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14795 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14797 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14801 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14802 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14803 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14806 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14808 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14813 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14814 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14816 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14818 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14819 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14824 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14828 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14829 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14831 else if (count
== 1)
14832 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14835 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14836 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14839 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14843 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14846 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14849 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14855 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14857 num
= get_number (&p
);
14859 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14861 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14863 set_ignore_count (num
,
14864 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14867 printf_filtered ("\n");
14870 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14871 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14874 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14879 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14881 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14884 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14886 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14888 while (!state
.finished
)
14890 const char *p
= state
.string
;
14894 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14897 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14901 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14902 if (b
->number
== num
)
14905 function (b
, data
);
14909 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14914 static struct bp_location
*
14915 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14917 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14921 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14922 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14927 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14929 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14931 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14932 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14937 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14938 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14941 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14943 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14947 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14950 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14956 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14957 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14958 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14961 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14963 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14964 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14965 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14966 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14969 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14971 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14972 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14974 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14975 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14977 struct bp_location
*location
;
14979 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14980 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14983 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14985 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14988 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14991 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14993 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14996 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14997 disable_breakpoint. */
15000 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
15002 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15006 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15010 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15012 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15013 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
15014 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
15018 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15022 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
15024 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
15031 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
15033 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15034 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
15035 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
15036 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
15038 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
15041 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15042 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15048 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
15051 int target_resources_ok
;
15053 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
15056 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
15057 target_resources_ok
=
15058 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
15060 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
15061 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
15062 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
15063 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
15066 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
15068 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
15069 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
15070 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
15072 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15074 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
15076 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
15077 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
15078 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
15082 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
15083 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
15089 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
15091 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
15092 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
15094 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15095 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
15097 struct bp_location
*location
;
15099 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
15100 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
15103 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
15104 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
15105 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
15107 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
15112 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
15114 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
15118 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
15120 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
15123 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
15124 enable_breakpoint. */
15127 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
15129 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15132 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
15133 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
15134 in stopping the inferior. */
15137 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15141 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15143 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15144 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
15145 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
15149 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15153 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
15155 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
15162 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
15164 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15165 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
15166 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
15167 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
15169 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
15172 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15173 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15178 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
15188 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
15190 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
15192 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
15196 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15198 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
15200 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15204 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15206 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15210 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
15212 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
15214 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15218 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15220 int count
= get_number (&args
);
15222 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
15226 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15228 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
15230 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15234 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15236 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15240 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15245 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15249 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15250 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15254 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
15255 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
15256 const bfd_byte
*data
)
15258 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15260 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15261 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
15262 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
15264 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
15266 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
15268 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15270 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15271 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15272 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
15273 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
15275 value_free (wp
->val
);
15283 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15286 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15287 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15290 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
15291 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
15292 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
15294 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
15296 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
15297 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->num
, gdbarch
);
15300 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
15302 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
15303 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
15304 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
15306 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
15309 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15312 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
15313 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15316 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15318 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15320 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
15326 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15330 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15333 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15335 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15337 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
15338 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
15344 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15345 non-zero otherwise. */
15347 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
15349 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
15350 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
15351 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
15358 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15360 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15361 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15363 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
15367 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
15369 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15371 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15372 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
15374 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
15376 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
15380 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
15382 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
15392 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15393 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
15394 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
15395 const char *text
, const char *word
)
15397 const char **list
= get_syscall_names (get_current_arch ());
15398 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
15399 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, word
, word
);
15405 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15407 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15409 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15411 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15412 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15416 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15418 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15419 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
15421 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
15422 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15424 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15426 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15428 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15430 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15431 0 /* Ignore count */,
15432 pending_break_support
,
15436 0 /* internal */, 0);
15440 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15442 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15444 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15446 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15447 0 /* Ignore count */,
15448 pending_break_support
,
15449 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15452 0 /* internal */, 0);
15455 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15458 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15460 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15462 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15463 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15464 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15465 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15467 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15469 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15471 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15473 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15474 0 /* Ignore count */,
15475 pending_break_support
,
15479 0 /* internal */, 0);
15482 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15483 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15485 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15486 static int next_cmd
;
15489 read_uploaded_action (void)
15493 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15500 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15501 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15502 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15503 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15504 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15506 struct tracepoint
*
15507 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15509 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15510 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15512 if (utp
->at_string
)
15513 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15516 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15517 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15518 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15520 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15521 "source location, using raw address"),
15523 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15524 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15527 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15528 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15529 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15530 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15533 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15535 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15536 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15538 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15539 0 /* Ignore count */,
15540 pending_break_support
,
15541 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15543 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15545 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15548 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15549 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15550 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15554 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15557 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15560 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15561 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15562 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15564 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15566 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15571 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15573 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15575 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15576 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15577 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15578 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15581 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15582 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15583 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15588 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15592 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15594 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15597 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15599 if (num_printed
== 0)
15601 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15602 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15604 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15607 default_collect_info ();
15610 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15611 Not supported by all targets. */
15613 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15615 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15618 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15619 Not supported by all targets. */
15621 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15623 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15626 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15628 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15630 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15636 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15638 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15639 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15640 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15642 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15643 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15645 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15649 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15651 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15653 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15654 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15655 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15659 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15662 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15665 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15667 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15668 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15670 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15671 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15674 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15676 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15677 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15678 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15681 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15683 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15684 unsigned int count
;
15686 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15687 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15688 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15690 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15692 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15693 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15695 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15697 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15699 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15701 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15703 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15704 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15707 else if (*args
== '\0')
15709 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15711 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15715 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15717 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15718 while (!state
.finished
)
15720 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
);
15722 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15727 struct tracepoint
*
15728 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15730 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15732 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15733 if (t
->number
== num
)
15734 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15739 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15740 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15743 struct tracepoint
*
15744 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15746 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15748 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15750 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15752 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15759 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15760 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15761 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15762 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15764 struct tracepoint
*
15765 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15766 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
)
15768 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15770 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15774 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15775 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15777 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15778 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15780 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15784 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15785 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15788 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15792 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15793 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15795 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15798 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15803 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15805 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15806 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15809 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15811 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15814 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15815 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15816 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15820 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15821 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15823 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15825 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15826 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15827 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15829 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15830 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15832 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15833 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15835 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15836 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15839 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15840 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15845 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15847 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15849 /* We can stop searching. */
15856 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15860 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15861 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
15862 fp
= gdb_fopen (filename
, "w");
15864 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15865 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15866 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15868 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15869 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15871 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15873 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15874 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15877 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15878 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15881 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15883 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15884 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15887 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15888 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15890 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15891 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15893 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15895 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
15897 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15899 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15900 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15902 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15904 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15907 throw_exception (ex
);
15909 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15912 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15913 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum\n");
15915 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15916 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15917 special, and not user visible. */
15918 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15920 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15923 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15925 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15929 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15930 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15933 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15934 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15937 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15940 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15942 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15945 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15948 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15950 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15953 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15955 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15956 all_tracepoints (void)
15958 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15959 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15961 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15963 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15970 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15971 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15972 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15974 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15975 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15976 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15977 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15978 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15979 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15980 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15981 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15982 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15983 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15984 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15986 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15987 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15989 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15990 conditions are different.\n\
15992 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15994 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15995 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15997 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15998 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
16001 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
16002 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
16003 completer_ftype
*completer
,
16004 void *user_data_catch
,
16005 void *user_data_tcatch
)
16007 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
16009 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
16011 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
16012 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
16013 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
16015 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
16017 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
16018 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
16019 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
16023 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
16025 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
16026 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
16028 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
16029 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
16030 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
16034 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
16036 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
16037 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
16038 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
16041 struct breakpoint
*
16042 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
16045 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
16047 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
16049 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
16056 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
16057 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
16060 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
16062 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
16063 non-inline function. */
16064 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
16070 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
16071 have been inlined. */
16074 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
16075 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
16077 struct breakpoint
*b
;
16078 struct bp_location
*bl
;
16080 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
16082 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
16085 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
16087 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
16088 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
16096 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
16099 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
16101 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
16103 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
16104 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
16105 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
16109 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
16111 static int initialized
= 0;
16113 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
16119 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
16120 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
16121 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
16122 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16123 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16124 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
16125 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
16126 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
16127 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
16128 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
16129 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16130 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
16132 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
16133 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16134 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16135 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
16136 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16137 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16138 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16139 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
16141 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
16142 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
16143 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16144 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
16145 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
16146 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
16147 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
16148 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
16149 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
16150 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
16152 /* Internal breakpoints. */
16153 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
16154 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16155 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
16156 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
16157 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
16158 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
16160 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16161 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
16162 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16163 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
16164 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
16165 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
16166 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
16168 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16169 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
16170 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
16171 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
16173 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16174 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16175 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16176 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
16177 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
16178 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
16179 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
16182 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16183 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16184 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
16185 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
16186 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
16187 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
16188 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
16189 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
16190 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
16191 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
16192 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
16193 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
16194 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
16195 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
16197 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16198 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16199 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16200 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
16201 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
16202 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
16203 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
16204 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
16205 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
16206 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
16207 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
16210 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16211 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16212 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
16213 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
16214 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
16215 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
16216 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
16217 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
16218 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16219 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
16221 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16222 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16223 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16224 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
16225 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
16227 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16228 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
16229 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16230 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
16231 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16232 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
16234 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16235 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
16236 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16237 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
16238 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
16239 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
16240 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
16241 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
16242 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
16243 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
16245 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16246 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
16247 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16248 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
16249 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
16250 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
16251 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
16252 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
16253 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
16254 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
16256 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16257 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
16258 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16259 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
16260 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
16261 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
16262 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
16263 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
16264 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
16265 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
16266 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
16268 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16269 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
16270 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16271 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
16272 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
16273 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
16274 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
16275 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
16276 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
16277 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
16278 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
16280 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16281 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
16282 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16283 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
16284 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
16285 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
16286 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
16287 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
16288 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
16289 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
16290 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
16291 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
16293 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
16294 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16295 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
16296 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16297 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16298 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16299 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
16300 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
16301 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
16304 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16306 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
16309 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16311 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16313 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16315 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16316 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
16317 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
16318 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16320 breakpoint_objfile_key
16321 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16323 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16324 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL
,
16325 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
16327 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16328 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16329 before a breakpoint is set. */
16330 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16332 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16334 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16335 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16336 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16338 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16340 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16341 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16342 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16343 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16344 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16345 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16346 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16347 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16349 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16350 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16351 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16352 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16353 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16355 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16356 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16357 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16358 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16359 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16361 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16362 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16364 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16365 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16366 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16367 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16369 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16370 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16372 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16373 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16374 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16375 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16377 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16378 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16380 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16381 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16382 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16383 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16384 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16385 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16386 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16388 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16389 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16390 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16391 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16392 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16393 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16395 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16397 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16398 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16399 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16400 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16401 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16402 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16404 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16405 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16406 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16409 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16410 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16411 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16414 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16415 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16416 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16417 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16420 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16421 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16422 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16425 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16426 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16427 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16430 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16431 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16432 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16433 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16436 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16437 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16438 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16439 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16440 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16441 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16442 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16443 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16445 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16446 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16447 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16448 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16449 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16451 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16452 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16453 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16454 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16455 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16456 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16459 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16460 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16461 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16462 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16464 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16465 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16466 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16467 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16468 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16470 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16471 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16472 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16473 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16475 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16476 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16477 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16478 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16479 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16482 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16483 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16484 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16485 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16486 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16487 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16489 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16490 is executing in.\n\
16492 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16493 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16495 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16496 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16497 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16498 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16500 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16501 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16502 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16503 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16506 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16510 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16511 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16512 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16513 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16514 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16515 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16516 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16517 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16518 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16519 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16520 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16521 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16522 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16523 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16524 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16525 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16527 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16528 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16529 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16530 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16531 breakpoint set."));
16534 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16535 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16536 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16537 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16538 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16539 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16540 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16541 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16542 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16544 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16545 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16546 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16547 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16548 breakpoint set."));
16550 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16553 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16554 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16555 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16556 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16557 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16558 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16559 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16560 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16561 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16563 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16564 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16565 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16566 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16567 breakpoint set."));
16569 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16570 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16571 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16572 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16573 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16574 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16575 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16576 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16577 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16578 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16579 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16580 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16581 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16583 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16584 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16585 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16586 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16588 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16590 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16591 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16592 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16593 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16595 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16596 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16597 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16598 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16600 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16601 catch_fork_command_1
,
16603 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16604 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16605 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16606 catch_fork_command_1
,
16608 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16609 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16610 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16611 catch_exec_command_1
,
16615 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16616 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16617 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16618 catch_load_command_1
,
16622 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16623 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16624 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16625 catch_unload_command_1
,
16629 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16630 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16631 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16632 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16633 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16634 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16635 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16636 catch_syscall_completer
,
16640 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16641 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16642 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16643 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16644 an expression changes.\n\
16645 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16646 the memory to which it refers."));
16647 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16649 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16650 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16651 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16652 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16653 an expression is read.\n\
16654 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16655 the memory to which it refers."));
16656 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16658 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16659 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16660 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16661 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16662 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16663 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16664 the memory to which it refers."));
16665 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16667 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16668 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16670 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16671 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16672 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16673 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16674 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16675 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16676 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16677 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16678 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16681 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16682 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16684 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16686 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16688 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16689 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16691 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16692 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16693 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16695 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16696 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16697 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16698 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16700 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16701 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16703 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16704 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16705 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16707 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16708 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16710 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16711 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16712 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16713 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16714 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16715 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16716 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16717 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16718 the selected stack frame.\n\
16719 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16720 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16721 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16722 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16724 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16726 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16727 conditions are different.\n\
16729 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16730 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16731 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16733 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16734 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16735 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16736 last tracepoint set."));
16738 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16740 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16741 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16742 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16743 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16745 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16747 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16748 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16749 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16750 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16752 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16754 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16755 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16756 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16757 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16759 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16761 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16762 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16763 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16764 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16765 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16767 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16768 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16769 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16770 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16772 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16773 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16774 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16775 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16776 session to restore them."),
16778 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16780 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16781 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16782 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16784 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16786 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16787 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16789 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16790 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16791 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16792 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16793 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16794 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16795 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16796 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16797 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16798 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16799 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16800 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16802 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16803 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16804 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16805 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16806 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16807 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16808 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16809 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16811 show_pending_break_support
,
16812 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16813 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16815 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16817 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16818 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16819 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16820 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16821 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16822 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16823 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16825 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16826 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16827 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16829 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16830 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16831 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16832 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16833 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16834 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16835 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16836 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16837 when execution stops."),
16839 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16840 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16841 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16843 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16844 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16845 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16846 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16847 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16848 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16849 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16850 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16851 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16852 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16853 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16854 be set to \"gdb\""),
16855 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16856 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16857 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16858 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16860 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16861 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16862 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16863 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16864 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16865 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16866 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16867 or the start of the range\n\
16868 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16869 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16870 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16872 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16873 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16874 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16876 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16877 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16878 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16879 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16880 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16881 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16882 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16884 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16885 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16886 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16887 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16888 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16889 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16890 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16891 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16892 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16893 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16894 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16895 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16897 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16898 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16899 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16900 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16901 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16902 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16903 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16905 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16906 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16907 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16908 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16909 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16910 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16911 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16913 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16914 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16915 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16916 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16917 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16918 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16921 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16923 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16924 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16925 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16927 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16929 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16930 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);